CHP Max Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and ...broadbandnetinc.com/home/images/web_images/PDF/CHP Chassis.pdf · 1-2 CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers

CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform

Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies

Equipment Manual1508685 Revision D

CHP Max™ Headend Optics

Platform

Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies

Equipment Manual1508685 Revision D

CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies Equipment Manual

ARRIS Document Number: 1508685 Revision DCopyright © 2005, 2008, 2012, 2015 ARRIS Group, Inc. All rights reserved.

Trademarks©ARRIS Enterprises, Inc. 2015 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make any derivative work (such as translation, transformation, or adaptation) without written permission from ARRIS Enterprises, Inc. (“ARRIS”). ARRIS reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes in content from time to time without obligation on the part of ARRIS to provide notification of such revision or change. ARRIS and the ARRIS logo are all trademarks of ARRIS Enterprises, Inc. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and the names of their products. ARRIS disclaims proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. ARRIS provides this guide without warranty of any kind, implied or expressed, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. ARRIS may make improvements or changes in the product(s) described in this manual at any time. The capabilities, system requirements and/or compatibility with third-party products described herein are subject to change without notice.

Revision History

Revision Date Reason for Change

A 5/1/2014 Initial Release

B 9/29/14 Added support for CHP-DDW0-xxxx-10-L and CHP-DDF0-xxxx-10-S CORWave 3 transmitters; CHP-D2RRX interfacing with MDN, OM2741 and SG4 DEMS; CHP-GFRXF-S redundant forward receiver; CHP-R2RRXF-30-L, CHP-R2RRXR-30-L, CHP-2RRXF-30-S, and CHP-2RRXR-30-S redundant return receivers; CHP-OPM1 and CHP-4RRP optical passive modules.

C 12/15/14 Updated references to arris.com domain. Updated document styles (fonts, color scheme, etc.) to conform with new corporate branding standards.

D 10/15/2015 Updated to support CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform System Version 4.11.0.0.

Contacting ARRIS

Help with your ARRIS product is available online and by phone:

Customer Care■ Contact us via the ARRIS CUSTOMERCARE 360 website (www.arris.com/customercare360)

to report non-critical Severity 4 issues. We will answer your service request within one business day. You can also use the Customer Care portal to update and close your support requests and add attachments, if required, to your open tickets.

■ Find technical documentation at www.arris.com/accesstechnologies

Technical SupportContact Technical Support when you need assistance with installed products.

The ARRIS TAC Call Center provides Customer support 24/7/365. A TAC agent will create your case and escalate to the appropriate technical support team. Critical Severity 1 or 2 issues will be warm transferred for immediate assistance.

North AmericaPhone: 1-888-944-HELP (4357); + 1-215-323-2345 (worldwide)

Email: [email protected]

Contact TAC via email to report non-critical Severity 3 or 4 issues. Contact the TAC by phone at 1-888-944-4357 for Critical Severity 1 or 2 issues.

Latin AmericaPhone: +1-215-323-2346


EuropePhone: +1-215-323-2345


Japan/Korea/AsiaPhone: No in region numbers


Technical TrainingContact Technical Training for inquiries at 1-888-221-9797 concerning product training. Please be prepared to provide a list of equipment you would like training on.


1508685 Rev D 1-1

www.arris.com/customercare360

www.arris.com/accesstechnologies

Repair ServicesContact Repair Services if you need to return a product for repair. Please go to the ARRIS website (http://www.arris.com) and click the Support link and then click the Repair Services link for more information.

1-2 CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies 1508685 Rev D

http://www.arris.com

http://www.arris.com

Table of Contents

Chapter 1 Introduction 1-1Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Management Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Application Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Document Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Statements of Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

FCC Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5FDA Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5CE Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Product Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Fiber Care and Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

FDA CDRH/IEC Laser Classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Tools and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

CHP Max Hardware Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Other Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Computer Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

CORView Lite Element Manager Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Topology Manager Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Fault Management Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Configuration Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Installation and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Craft Management Software Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Installing CHP Max Craft Management Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Local Monitoring with the CHP-CMS Craft Management Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Chapter 2 CHP Max5000 Chassis (Rear Fiber Version) 2-1Equipment Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Tools and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Chassis Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Connectors and Additional Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Module Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Functional Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Chassis Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Management Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Handle Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Offset Bracket Kit Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Tablet PC Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11CHP Chassis Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Configuring the CHP Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

1508685 Rev D v

Thermal Limits for Chassis Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Power Supply and Chassis Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Module Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Installing a Power Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Installing an Application Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Installing the CMM or SMM Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Fuse Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Chassis Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17CORView Lite Element Manager Software Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Craft Management Software Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Setting Major and Minor Alarm Threshold Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Backplane Ethernet Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Chapter 3 CHP Max5000 Chassis (Front Fiber Version) 3-1Equipment Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Tools and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Chassis Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Connectors and Additional Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Module Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Management Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Handle Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Tablet PC Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9CHP Chassis Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Configuring the CHP Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Thermal Limits for Chassis Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Powering Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Module Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Installing a Power Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Installing an Application Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Installing the CMM or SMM Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Fiber Protection Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Chassis Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15CORView Lite Element Manager Software Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Craft Management Software Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Setting Major and Minor Alarm Threshold Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Backplane Ethernet Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Chapter 4 CHP Max AC Power Supply 4-1Equipment Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

IEC Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

vi CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies 1508685 Rev D

Input Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Power Factor Correction Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Power Conversion Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Isolation Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Installing/Removing the Power Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Craft Management Software Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Setting Major and Minor Alarm Threshold Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Updating AC Power Supply Module Microcontroller Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

AC Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Chapter 5 CHP Max DC Power Supply 5-1Equipment Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Functional Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

DC Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Power Conversion Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Isolation Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Installing/Removing the Power Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Craft Management Software Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Setting Major and Minor Alarm Threshold Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Updating DC Power Supply Module Microcontroller Firmware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

DC Power Supply Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Chapter 6 CHP Max Element Management ModulesCHP-CMM, CMM-1, SMM, and SMM-1 6-1Local Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Auto Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Operation of Auto Config Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Remote Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Equipment Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Indicators and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Functional Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Communication Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8DC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

CHP Max Craft Management Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Installation of CHP Max Craft Management Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

CHP Max System Management Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Installation/Replacement of the CMM or SMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Management Modules Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Configuring CMM, CMM-1, SMM, or SMM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Resetting the Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

Craft Management Software Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23Setting Major and Minor Alarm Threshold Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

Updating the CHP-CMM Microcontroller Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

1508685 Rev D vii

Method 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29Method 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

Updating the SMM, SMM-1 Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34Before you begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34Using FTP to Download the SMM Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35Verify Image 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38Downloading Image 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39ARRIS Developed MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39Common MIB Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39Standard MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

CHP SNMP Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40CHP Site Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40CHP Chassis/Slot Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40Transmitter, Receiver, and Amplifier Module Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41Power Supply and Fan Module Slots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42CHP Controller Module Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42

CHP Trap Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43SNMP Configuration and Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

Manager Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43NMS Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43Traps and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43SMM-1 CLI v3tables Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45

CMM/SMM Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46

Chapter 7 System Management Module 2 (SMM-2) 7-1Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Software Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2MIB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Local Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Auto Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Operation of Auto Config Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Remote Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Equipment Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Indicators and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

Communication Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11High Speed Bus (Not Used by All Modules) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11DC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12

Installation/Replacement of the SMM-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12Equipment Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12Equipment Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12TELNET Connection Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13USB Mode Connection Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15Add SMM-2 to CORView’s Monitored Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

viii CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies 1508685 Rev D

MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41ARRIS Developed MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41Common MIB Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42Standard MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42

CHP SNMP Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42CHP Site Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42CHP Chassis/Slot Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43

CHP Trap Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44SNMP Configuration and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

Manager Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45NMS Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45Traps and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45Operational Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Upgrade Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48SMM-2 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49

Appendix A CHP Max Monitorable Attributes A-1ARRIS Developed MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11Common MIB Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13Standard MIBs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14

Appendix B CHP Max Trap Information B-1CHP Trap Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1CHP Proprietary Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2CHP HMS Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12

Controller Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12Power Supply Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13Fan Bay and Power Supply Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14Receiver Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15Transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-20Optical Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-26RF Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28

Appendix C Warranty C-1

1508685 Rev D ix

x CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies 1508685 Rev D

1508685 Rev D

C H A P T E R 1

INTRODUCTIONThis chapter includes an overview of the CHP Max Headend Optics Platform, document conventions, compliance statements, and a list of tools and materials required when working with the CHP Max Headend Optics Platform.

Overview—page 1-1

Document Conventions—page 1-4

Statements of Compliance—page 1-5

FDA CDRH/IEC Laser Classifications—page 1-6

Tools and Equipment—page 1-8

CORView Lite Element Manager Software—page 1-9

Craft Management Software Functions—page 1-10

Overview

This Equipment Manual covers the following CHP chassis, controller and power supply modules.

■ CHP Max5000 Chassis Rear Fiber Versions are covered in Chapter 2.

■ CHP Max5000 Chassis Front Fiber Versions are covered in Chapter 3.

■ CHP AC Power Supply modules are covered in Chapter 4.

■ CHP DC Power Supply modules are covered in Chapter 5.

■ CHP-CMM, CMM-1, SMM, and SMM-1 Controller modules are covered in Chapter 6.

■ CHP-SMM-2 Controller modules are covered in Chapter 7.

Introduction 1-1

Figure 1.1

CHP Max Headend Optical Platform

The CHP Max headend optical platform transmits and receives optical signals. In its base form, the platform consists of a rack-mounted chassis configured with these plug-in modules:

■ power supply (one or two)

■ application modules (such as forward transmitters and return receivers)

■ management module (Craft Management or System Management)

The CHP Max platform’s modular nature makes it extremely flexible. Universal module slots accept plug-in application modules in virtually any configuration so that you can build racks of CHP Max components to support a variety of signal transport requirements.

Functional DescriptionThe CHP Max headend platform consists of several modular components and a rack-mounted chassis in a headend or central office.


Figure 1.2

CHP Max System Block Diagram

ChassisThe 2RU CHP Max5000 chassis mounts in a 19-inch or 23-inch rack. Each chassis holds up to 10 application modules, 2 power supply modules, and 1 management module.

Modules slide into the chassis’ open front; RF and optical connections are made to the application modules installed in the chassis. Eight chassis-mounted fans cool the plug-in modules.

Each chassis accepts either a Craft Management Module (CMM or CMM-1) or System Management Module (SMM, SMM-1, or SMM-2) for local and remote element management. A serial peripheral interface (SPI) bus on the backplane routes alarms and control signals between the modules in the chassis and the management module.

For a detailed description of the chassis, see Chapter 2.

Power SuppliesAC or DC switched-mode power supply modules convert input power to DC voltages that are fed into the chassis’ power bus, which routes voltages to the application modules.

One CHP Max power supply module provides enough power for one fully-loaded chassis. Install a second power supply for load sharing and redundancy. These power supplies are fully isolated and share power load; should one power supply fail, the redundant power supply supplies all power needed. Power supplies may be hot-swapped to eliminate system down-time during replacement.

For a detailed description of the AC and DC power supply modules, see Chapter 3 and Chapter 4, respectively.

1508685 Rev D Introduction 1-3

Management ModulesA Craft Management Module (CMM or CMM-1) or System Management Module (SMM, SMM-1, or SMM-2) polls the application and power supply modules installed in the chassis for status information. Both modules accommodate firmware upgrades in the field, however, such upgrades may be service affecting under certain circumstances, so ARRIS recommends performing upgrades in a service maintenance window.

For local monitoring, load CHP-CMS Craft Management Software on a portable computer, connect this “Craft terminal” to either the CMM, CMM-1, SMM or SMM-1, and use the Craft Management Software to set up and monitor the status of modules installed in a single chassis.

For local and remote monitoring, CORView Element Management Software can be used with an SMM, SMM-1, or SMM-2.

In addition to local monitoring of its own chassis, the SMM, SMM-1, or SMM-2 allows you to remotely set up, manage, and monitor the chassis containing the SMM and up to nine additional chassis with a CMM installed in each chassis using SNMP.

For a detailed description of the CMM, CMM-1, SMM, and SMM-1, see Chapter 5. For a detailed description of the SMM-2, see Chapter 6.

Application ModulesCHP Max application modules slide into the chassis, plugging into the backplane. Optical and RF connectors are made to the application modules installed in the chassis. Front panel LEDs and testpoints simplify local setup and monitoring.

Document Conventions

DANGER Laser Radiation—Avoid direct exposure to laser radiation. Transmitted light will be invisible to the human eye but may be present. Disconnected optical connectors may emit this invisible optical radiation. Depending upon output power, laser light, visible or invisible, can seriously injure eyes or even cause blindness. Do not stare into beam or view directly with optical instruments or view without using safety glasses.

WARNING Personal injury might result if instructions are not followed.

CAUTION Equipment damage might result if instructions are not followed.

Note Read for added information and reminders, including when a service interruption could occur.

Tip Read for helpful hints.


Statements of Compliance

FCC ComplianceThis equipment has been tested and found to comply within the limits of FCC Part 76, Subpart K. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful radio communication interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment can radiate radio frequency energy, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.

Changes or modifications to this device not expressly approved by ARRIS may cause the operation of this device to violate Part 76 of CFR 47, voiding the user’s authority to operate the equipment in the domestic US.

FDA ComplianceThis device complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 safety requirements for laser radiation products. Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. In accordance with 21 CFR 1002, this product has been registered with the FDA CFRH.

CE ComplianceThis device conforms to the requirements specified in Table 1.1 on page 1-5 of Council directive 89/336/EEC.

Table 1.1 CE Compliance Requirements

Requirement Description

EN50083-2 Cable networks for television signals, sound signals and interactive services - electromagnetic compatibility for equipment

EN55022 Information technology equipment - radio disturbance characteristics - limits and methods of measurement

EN61000-3-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - limits - limitation for harmonic current emissions (equipment input current up to and including 16A per phase)

EN61000-3-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - limits - limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low-voltage supply systems, for equipment with rated current <= 16 A per phase and not subject to conditional connection

EN61000-4-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - testing and measurement techniques - electrostatic discharge immunity test - basic EMC

EN61000-4-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-3: testing and measurement techniques - radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field immunity test

EN61000-4-5 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - testing and measurement techniques - surge immunity test

EN61000-4-6 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-6: testing and measurement techniques - immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields

EN61000-4-11 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - testing and measurement techniques - voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations immunity tests


Product SafetyThis product conforms to the design safety criteria as detailed in IEC 60950. This criteria eliminates, or reduces hazards; appropriate labels or markings warn the user of hazards.

Fiber Care and CleaningFor fiber care information, please reference the ARRIS Fiber Care and Cleaning Guide, P/N 1506507.

FDA CDRH/IEC Laser Classifications

The wavelengths of light typically transmitted through the optical fibers used in hybrid fiber/coaxial cable (HFC) architecture fall in the infrared band of the light spectrum and are not visible to the human eye. Transmitters are classified according to their optical power, wavelength, and aperture size. These classifications are based on Accessible Emission Limit (AEL), which is determined by the maximum level of laser radiation that the laser can emit over its full range of capability during operation. Due to the different degree of the AEL, the laser product can be classified as Class 1, Class 1M, Class 2, Class 2M, Class 3R, Class 3 B, and Class 4 in increasing order to cause biological damage. Class 2 and 2M wavelengths are outside the range used for broadband applications and are not discussed further. Refer to Document Conventions on page 1-4 for laser warnings. Transmitters emit laser radiation, they are Class 1 or Class 1M according to IEC 60825-01, Amendment 2 and FDA CDRH Laser Notice 50.

ETSI300-386 Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters (ERM); telecommunication network equipment; electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) requirements; product family standard

Table 1.1 CE Compliance Requirements

Requirement Description

Laser Class AEL (1310nm) AEL (1550nm)

1 (Lowest) <15.6mW<11.9dBm

<10.0mW<10.0dBm

1M 15.6 to <52.5mW11.9 to <17.2dBm

10.0 to <164.0mW10.0 to <22.15dBm

3R 52.5 to <80.0mW17.2 to 18.9dBm

Does not exist1

1. The numerical calculation of Class 3R is less than Class 1M and, therefore, is not defined in this case. Any power over the maximum limit for Class 1M but less than Class 4 is considered to be Class 3B.

3B 80.0 to <500.0mW18.9 to <26.99dBm

164.0 to <500.0mW22.15 to <26.99dBm

4 (Highest) 500mW 26.99dBm)

500mW 26.99dBm)


Optical Modules Optical Wavelength/Power Laser Class

Single-input Forward TxCHP-FTX-02 thru -11CHP-FTX-12 and -15

1310 ±10nm radiation2 thru 11dBm12 and 15dBm

11M

Dual-input Forward TxCHP-FTX-D(XL)-02 thru -11CHP-FTX-D(XL)-12 thru -15

1310 ±10nm radiation2 thru 11dBm12 thru 15dBm

11M

1GHz Dual-input Forward TxCHP-SW0x-xxxx-xx-SCHP-SW0x-xxxx-13-SCHP-SWVx-xxxx-xx-SCHP-SWVx-xxxx-12-SCHP-SWXx-xxxx-xx-S

1291, 1293nm radiation4, 6, 8, or 10 dBm13dBm4, 6, 8, or 10 dBm12dBm4, 6, 8, or 10 dBm

11M1

1M1

1GHz Dual-input Forward TxCHP-GFXV-D-04, 06, 08, or 10CHP-GFXF-D-02, 04, 06, 08, or 10CHP-GFX-D-13, 14, 15CHP-GFX-DXL-02, 04, 06, 08, or 10CHP-GFX-DXL-12, 13, 14, or 15CHP-GFXV-D-12, CHP-GFXF-D-12CHP-GFX-D-13, 14, 15

1310 ±10nm radiation4, 6, 8, or 10 dBm2, 4, 6, 8, or 10dBm13, 14, or 15dBm2, 4, 6, 8, or 10dBm12, 13, 14, or 15dBm12dBm13, 14, or 15dBm

11

1M1

1M1M1M

1GHz Dual-input Forward TxCHP-GQTX-10-S-xx

1529 to 1561nm10dBm 1M

1GHz Dual-input Forward TxCHP-GFXV-1311-04, 06, 08, or 10CHP-GFXV-1311-12CHP-GFXV-1291-08, CHP-GFXV-1311-08CHP-GFX-1291-10, CHP-GFX-1331-10CHP-GFX-1311-13, 14, or 15dBmCHP-MW0x-129x-xx-SCHP-MWXx-129x-10-SCHP-MWVx-129x-10-SCHP-DW0x-9x9x-xx-SCHP-DW0x-9x9x-xx-SCHP-DWVx-9x9x-xx-SCHP-DWVx-9x9x-xx-SCHP-DWXx-9x9x-xx-SCHP-DWXx-9x9x-xx-SCHP-SW0x-xxxx-xx-SCHP-SW0x-xxxx-xx-SCHP-SWVx-xxxx-xx-SCHP-SWXx-xxxx-xx-S

1291, 1311, 1331 ± 4 nm (CWDM)4, 6, 8, or 10dBm12dBm8dBm10dBm13, 14, or 15dBm13 dBm10 dBm10 dBm4, 6, 8, or 10dBm13dBm10dBm13dBm10dBm13dBm4, 6, 8, or 10dBm13dBm4, 6, 8, 10, or 12dBm4, 6, 8, 10, or 13dBm

11M11

1M1M111

1M1

1M1

1M1

1M11

1GHz CORWave II Forward TxCHP-C2-MW0x-09-SCHP-C2-EW0x-09-SCHP-C2-MWVx-16-SCHP-C2-EWVx-16-S

9.5dBm9.5dBm16dBm16dBm

11

1M1M

Externally Modulated Forward TxCHP-XMOD-xxx-xx-xCHP-GMOD-xxx-xx-x

1545 ±1nm, 1550 ±5nm radiation, or odd ITU channels 21 through 29, 8 dBmITU channels 21 through 29, 8 dBm

11


Tools and Equipment

The lists below describe the tools, equipment, and materials that may be required to operate, maintain, and test the Product Name (short). Anyone performing the procedures in this manual is expected to be familiar with the appropriate and safe use of these tools.

CHP Max Hardware Components■ CHP Max5000 Chassis

■ CHP Max Power Supply

■ CHP Max Application Module(s)

■ CHP Max Craft Management Module (CMM or CMM-1) or System Management Module (SMM, SMM-1, or SMM-2)

Other Hardware■ headend rack

■ screws

■ RJ-14 cables (P/N CHP-XCT-CABLE) are four wire straight-through cables for daisy-chaining chassis. Cables are not provided.

■ Ethernet RJ-45 cable (not provided)

Dual-input Return TxCHP-RTX3-10CHP-RTX5-10

1310 ±10nm radiation/10dBm1529 to 1561nm/10dBm

11M

1550nm EDFACHP-EDFA-(CG-)-xx-xCHP-EDFA-HG-20-1-SCHP-EDFA-xG-23-1-SCHP-EDFA-PG-xx-x-S

1530.3 to 1561.6nm radiation13 thru 22dBm20.5dBm23.5dBm23.5dBm

1M1M3B3B

Redundant Single Channel Forward RxCHP-RFRX-S or CHP-GFRX-S

1200 to 1620nm inbound radiation–10 thru +4dBm

1

Dual Channel Return RxCHP-2RRX-S

1200 to 1620nm inbound radiation–20 thru 0dBm

1

Redundant Dual Channel Return RxCHP-R2RR-S

1200 to 1620nm inbound radiation–13 thru 1dBm

1

Redundant Digital 1:2 Demultiplexed Return RxCHP-D1RRX-SCHP-D2RRX-42-Mx-SCHP-D2RRX-65-Mx-SCHP-D2RRX-85-MD-SCHP-D2RRX-42-Xx-SCHP-D2RRX-65-Xx-SCHP-D2RRX-85-XD-S

1200 to 1620nm inbound radiation–28 thru –10dBm–20 thru 0dBm–20 thru 0dBm–20 thru 0dBm–28 thru –10dBm–28 thru –10dBm–28 thru –10dBm

1111111

Optical Modules Optical Wavelength/Power Laser Class


■ EMI suppression (required for CENELEC systems)1

■ SMM debug interface cable (not provided)

■ Computer running terminal-emulation application (Optional–used for SMM verification. See Table 1.2)

Tools■ PC with CORView Lite Element Manager Software and/or CHP Max Craft Management

Software

■ Serial cable

■ Screwdriver

■ Serrated needlenose pliers (PAD insertion and removal)

Computer Requirements■ 64MB RAM

■ 50MB free hard drive space

■ 300MHz processor

■ Windows® 98 2nd edition, NT 4.0, 2000 SP1, or XP Professional operating system

For optimal display, set preferences to 600 x 800 display resolution with 16-bit color depth.

CORView Lite Element Manager Software

The ARRIS CORView Lite Element Manager Software is a distributed client/server application designed to address the management needs of ARRIS optical and RF network access products in your HFC network. It supports ARRIS CHP Max family of products providing complete fault and configuration management functions.

1. For CENELEC compliance, install a FAIR-RITE snap-on toroid EMI suppression filter (FAIR-RITE P/N 0431164951 or ARRIS P/N 862344) supplied with the SMM on the cable connected to the Ethernet connector at the rear of the chassis. This filter should be installed as close as possible to the Ethernet connector to reduce conducted RFI.

Table 1.2 Terminal Emulation Setup Parameters

Parameter Setting

Baud Rate 38400bps (RS-232)9600bps (SMM-2 USB)

Data 8 bit

Parity None

Stop 1

Hardware Control None


The software is a robust, scalable application that can support 5 SMMs, thus managing up to 500 modules (transmitters, receivers, amplifiers, etc.) with a single instance.

Topology Manager Features■ Network displayed in the form of a tree hierarchy of location, site, chassis, and

module.

■ Chassis view shows the physical arrangement of modules within a chassis.

Fault Management Features■ The server determines active alarm conditions by listening for asynchronous SNMP

traps from the network and also by proactively polling.

■ Active alarm conditions in the network are displayed in a table that can be sorted and/or filtered.

■ Alarm status for network elements is indicated in the GUI client with different colors based on the severity of the alarm (green: normal, yellow: minor, red: major) to easily identify trouble spots just by looking at the screen. Active alarm tables and the colors on the screen are updated in real time as alarms occur or clear.

Configuration Features■ The user can select a module or a chassis from the topology view and launch

configuration dialogs for viewing optical and RF parameters.

The configuration dialogs provide a consistent interface for all module and configuration types.

Installation and OperationTo install and use the CORView Lite Element Manager Software, refer to the CHP Max CORView Lite Element Manager Software User’s Guide (P/N 1506672).

Craft Management Software Functions

The CHP Max Craft Management Software provides local access to the CHP Max5000 chassis using either a serial or USB (cable P/N CHP-RS232-USB) interface between a computer and the Craft Interface connector on the front of the CMM or SMM. In addition to this local access, the Craft software also provides remote access using a cross-over Ethernet cable between a computer’s Ethernet connector and the Ethernet connector on the rear of the chassis. This Craft software allows you to monitor and control all parameters available using the front panel controls in addition to many additional parameters not available via the front panel. If the Craft Management Software is not installed on a computer that will be used to monitor the CHP modules, refer to Installation of CHP Max5000 Craft Management Software on page 5-9 for instructions on installing this software. For instructions on configuring for local access to the CHP, refer to the section Local Monitoring with the CHP-CMS Craft Management Software on page 1-12.

Note All CHP modules are not supported by Craft Management Software, whereas CORView does support all CHP modules. Refer to Table 1.3 for a list of the modules that Craft Management Software does and does not support.


Installing CHP Max Craft Management Software

➤ To install the CHP Max Craft Management Software

1. Insert the CHP-CMS-1 CD-ROM. If the CD autoruns, go to Step 4.

2. Open the Windows Explorer or any compatible file browser.

3. Double-click the setup.exe file in the main directory of the CD-ROM.

4. The Welcome to the Install Shield Wizard appears indicating that it will install CHP Craft software. Click Next> to proceed with the installation.

5. The Choose Destination Location dialog box appears requesting you to select a destination.

■ To accept the default destination, click Next>.

— or —

■ To select a different destination, click Browse... and choose a folder then click Next>.

6. The Select Program Folder dialog box appears indicating that CHP Craft program icons will be installed in the CHP Max Craft Software folder.

■ To select the CHP Max Craft Software folder, click Next>.

— or —

■ To rename the folder, edit the name in the Program Folders box then click Next>.

— or —

■ You may select a folder listed in the Existing Folders box then click Next>.

Installation begins and a bar graph indicates the progress of the installation. To terminate the installation, click Cancel.

7. A prompt asks if you want to install the software documentation. Click Yes to install it.

Adobe Acrobat® Reader® is required to view the documentation. To obtain a copy, visit the Adobe web site at www.adobe.com.

8. The Install Shield Wizard Complete dialog box appears indicating that it will finish installing the CHP Craft software. Click Finish to complete the installation.

9. Remove the CD-ROM.


Local Monitoring with the CHP-CMS Craft Management Software

➤ To locally monitor the CHP Max Headend Optics Platform,

1. Connect the serial cable between the CMMs (or SMMs) DB-9 Craft interface connector and the computer containing the Craft Management Software. If the software has not been installed, refer to Installing CHP Max Craft Management Software—page 1-11.

Figure 1.3

CMM/SMM to Computer Running Craft Management Software

2. Launch the CHP Max Craft Management Software application. The Main screen opens automatically after the program is launched.

3. Check to ensure that the proper COM port is selected in the Communication menu. Select an alternate port if necessary.

4. Click the Disconnected button or click Communication > Connect on the Craft terminal to initiate communications with the chassis. The interface indicates connection status.

Note If your computer does not have 9-pin female (DB-9F) serial connector, use cable (P/N CHP-RS232-USB) that has a DB-9F connector that plugs into the Craft Interface connector on either the CMM or SMM and the other end of the cable has a USB-A male connector.

Disconnected


Figure 1.4

Starting Communication via Craft Terminal

5. The Installed Modules window opens and indicates the communication status with color-coded arrows.

– When communication is active, this window shows the modules and fans installed in the chassis. The status window for any module may be opened from this window.

– If communication is not established, the communication arrows are red and an error message appears. Ensure that the ports of the computer containing Craft Management Software is configured as follows. Click on Start > Settings > Control Panel > System > Device Manager > Ports (COM & LPT) > Communications Port (COM 1) > Port Settings and ensure the following are selected.

■ Bits per second 38400

■ Data bits8

■ ParityNone

■ Stop Bits1

■ Flow ControlNone

Table 1.3 CHP Module Software Compatibility

Module Catalog No. Current or Legacy Product

Craft Management Software (CMS “GUI”)

CORView Enterprise/Lite

Management Modules

System Management Module CHP-SMM Legacy YES YES

CHP-SMM-1 Current YES YES

CHP-SMM-2 Current NO YES

Craft Management Module CHP-CMM Legacy YES YES

CHP-CMM-1 Current YES YES

Click here to connect to or disconnect from the chassis. Button shown is connected.


AC and DC Power Supply Modules

AC Power Supply CHP-PS/AC1 Legacy YES YES

AC Power Supply with quieter fans

CHP-PS/AC1-Q

Current YES YES

AC Power Supply (475 W) CHP-PS/AC1-SW

Current YES YES

DC Power Supply CHP-PS/DC1 Legacy YES YES

DC Power Supply with quieter fans

CHP-PS/DC1-Q

Current YES YES

DC Power Supply (475 W) CHP-PS/DC1-SW

Current YES YES

Chassis

Chassis CHP-CHASSIS-19

Legacy YES YES

Chassis with quieter fans CHP-CHASSIS-19Q

Legacy YES YES

Midmount Chassis CHP-CHASSIS-19Q-B

Legacy YES YES

Recessed Chassis CHP-CHASSIS-R-19

Legacy YES YES

Recessed Chassis with quieter fans

CHP-CHASSIS-R-19Q

Legacy YES YES

High-wattage chassis CHP-CHASSIS-19S

Legacy YES YES

High-speed chassis CHP-CHASSIS-19U

Current YES YES

Recessed high-speed chassis CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U

Current YES YES

Forward Receiver Modules

Redundant Forward Receiver CHP-RFRX-S Legacy YES YES






1 GHz Redundant Forward Receiver

CHP-GFRX-S Current YES YES

Return Receiver Modules

Fiber Out the Front Return Receiver

CHP-1RRX-S Current YES YES

Dual Return Receiver CHP-2RRX-S Current YES YES

Non-Redundant Quad Return Receiver

CHP-4RRXF-30-L

Current NO YES

Dual Return Redundant Receiver (Rear Fiber)

CHP-R2RR-S Current YES YES

Dual Return Redundant Receiver (Front Fiber)

CHP-R2RRFF-S Current YES YES

Redundant Quad Return Receiver

CHP-R4RRXF-30-L

Current NO YES

Dual Return Receiver CHP-D1RRX-S Legacy YES YES

Low Noise Dual Return Receiver

CHP-L2RR-S Current YES YES

Digital Dual Return Receiver CHP-D2RRX-xx-xx-S

Current NO YES

Forward Transmitter Modules- C-Band

GQTX QAM Transmitter CHP-GQTX-10-S-XX (XX=21-59)

Current YES YES

Externally Modulated 1550 Forward Transmitter

CHP-XMOD-XXX-XX-X

Legacy YES YES

Externally Modulated 1 GHz 1550 Forward Transmitter

CHP-GMOD-XXX-XX-X

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave II Variable Output Transmitter (NTSC)

CHP-C2-MFVx-16-S (x=01-16)

Current NO YES

1 GHz CORWave II Fixed Output Transmitter (NTSC)

CHP-C2-MF0x-09-S (x=01-16)

Current NO YES






1 GHz CORWave II Variable Output Transmitter (NTSC)

CHP-C2-MWVx-16-S (x=01-16)

Current NO YES

1 GHz CORWave II Fixed Output Transmitter (NTSC)

CHP-C2-MW0x-09-S (x=01-16)

Current NO YES

1 GHz CORWave II Variable Output Transmitter (CENELEC)

CHP-C2- EWVx-16-S (x=01-16)

Current NO YES

1 GHz CORWave II Fixed Output Transmitter (CENELEC)

CHP-C2-EW0x-09-S (x=01-16)

Current NO YES

Forward Transmitter Modules - O Band

1 GHz CORWave Variable Output Transmitter

CHP-DFVx-129X-XX-S(XX=04-12)

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Extended Linearization Transmitter

CHP-DFXx-129X-XX-S(XX=04-12)

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Dual-Density Fixed Output Transmitter

CHP-DW0x-9X9X-XX-L/S (xx=04-13)

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Dual-Density Variable Output Transmitter

CHP-DWVx-9X9X-XX-L (xx=04-10)

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Dual-Density Extended Linearization Transmitter

CHP-DWXx-9X9X-XX-L (xx=04-10)

Current YES YES

Single Input Forward Transmitter

CHP-FTX-XX-S (XX=02-15)

Legacy YES YES

Dual Input Forward Transmitter

CHP-FTX-D-XX-S (XX=02-15)

Legacy YES YES

Dual Input Forward Transmitter

CHP-FTX-DXL-XX-S (XX=02-15)

Legacy YES YES






1 GHz Dual Input Fixed Output Forward CWDM Transmitter

CHP-GFX-1311-XX-S (XX=13, 14, 15)

Legacy YES YES

1 GHz Dual Input Extended Linearization Forward Transmitter

CHP-GFX-D-XX-S (XX=13, 14, 15)

Legacy YES YES

1 GHz Dual Input Forward Transmitter

CHP-GFX-DF-XX (XX=06)

Legacy YES YES


CHP-GFX-DFXL-XX (XX=06)

Legacy YES YES


CHP-GFX-DXL-XX-S (XX=06, 10)

Legacy YES YES

1 GHz Dual Input Variable Output Forward CWDM Transmitter

CHP-GFXV-1291-XX-s (XX=08)

Legacy YES YES

1 GHz Dual Input Variable Output Forward CWDM Transmitter

CHP-GFXV-1311-XX-S (XX=04-12)

Legacy YES YES

1 GHz Dual Input Forward Transmitter (Variable O/P)

CHP-GFXV-D-XX-S/AF (XX=04, 06, 08, 10, 12)

Legacy YES YES

1 GHz Dual Variable Output Forward Transmitter

CHP-GFXV-DF-XX (XX=06)

Legacy YES YES


CHP-MFVx-129X-XX-S(XX=04-12)

Legacy YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Fixed Output Transmitter

CHP-MWxx-129X-XX-S (XX=4-13)

Legacy YES YES

1 GHz CORWave DXL Transmitter

CHP-MWXx-129X-XX-S (XX=4-10, 13)

Legacy YES YES


CHP-MWVx-129X-XX-S (XX=4-12)

Legacy YES YES






1 GHz CORWave Single-Density Fixed Output Transmitter

CHP-SF0x-1291-XX-S(XX=04, 06, 08, 10, 12, 13)

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Single-Density Variable Output Transmitter

CHP-SFVx-1291-XX-S(XX=04, 06, 08, 10, 12, 13)

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Single-Density Extended Linearization Transmitter

CHP-SFXx-1291-XX-S(XX=04, 06, 08, 10, 12, 13)

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Single-Density Fixed Output Transmitter

CHP-SW0x-1291-XX-S(XX=04, 06, 08, 10, 12, 13)

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Single-Density Variable Output Transmitter

CHP-SWVx-1291-XX-S(XX=04, 06, 08, 10, 12, 13)

Current YES YES

1 GHz CORWave Single-Density Extended Linearization Transmitter

CHP-SWXx-1291-XX-S(XX=04, 06, 08, 10, 12, 13)

Current YES YES

Return Transmitter Modules

1310nm Return Transmitter CHP-RTX3-10-S

Current YES YES

1550nm Return Transmitter CHP-RTX5-10-S-XX (XX=21-49, odd)

Current YES YES

EDFA Modules






1550 Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (Constant Gain/Constant Power)

CHP-EDFA-CG-13-1-S

Current YES YES

CHP-EDFA-CG-16-1-S

Current YES YES

CHP-EDFA-CG-19-1-S

Current YES YES

CHP-EDFA-CG-22-1-S

Current YES YES

1550 Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (Constant Power)

CHP-EDFA-16-1-S

Current YES YES

CHP-EDFA-19-1-S

Current YES YES

CHP-EDFA-19-2-S

Current YES YES

CHP-EDFA-16-4-L

Current YES YES

CHP-EDFA-19-4-L

Current YES YES

CHP-EDFA-20-8-L

Current YES YES

1550 Multi Wavelength Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier, High Input (Constant Gain)

CHP-EDFA-HG-20-1-S

Legacy YES YES

CHP-EDFA-HG-23-1-S

Legacy YES YES

1550 Multi Wavelength Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier, High Input (Constant Gain/Constant Power)

CHP-EDFA-PG-23-1-S

Current YES YES

Forward RF Amplifier Modules






1 GHz Single Channel Forward RF Amplifier

CHP-GAMP Legacy YES YES

1 GHz 3 Input Forward RF Amplifier

CHP-GAMP3 Current YES YES

Optical A/B Switch

Optical A/B Switch CHP-OPTSWITCH-2-L

Current NO YES

Optical Line Terminal

Optical Line Terminal (OLT) CHP-OLT-02-S-E

Legacy NO YES






Rev D

C H A P T E R 2

CHP MAX5000 CHASSIS (REAR FIBER VERSION)This chapter describes the rear fiber version of the CHP Max5000 chassis.

Equipment Description—page 2-1

Tools and Materials—page 2-3

Unpacking—page 2-3

Precautions—page 2-4

Chassis Options—page 2-4

Connectors and Additional Assemblies —page 2-5

Module Locations—page 2-7

Functional Description —page 2-8

Handle Kit Installation—page 2-9

Offset Bracket Kit Installation—page 2-10

Tablet PC Installation Requirements—page 2-11

CHP Chassis Installation—page 2-11

Configuring the CHP Chassis—page 2-13

Module Installation—page 2-13

Maintenance—page 2-16

Backplane Ethernet Switch—page 2-25

Equipment Description

The CHP Max5000 chassis mounts directly in a 19-inch rack or in a 23-inch rack using an optional bracket kit (P/N CHP-EXTBKT-23). The 2RU (3.5 in. [8.9cm]) chassis holds up to 10 application modules, 2 power supply modules, and 1 management module. Eight independent field-replaceable fans are mounted on the rear of the chassis to force air from the front of the modules through the rear of the chassis to cool the application modules. In order to reduce the noise level generated by the eight single-speed fans in the original chassis, dual-speed fans have been used in all subsequent chassis. The speed of each dual-speed fan is determined by the ambient air temperature surrounding that fan. These fans operate at the quieter low-speed when the ambient temperature is below approximately 30° C (86° F) and operate with a higher noise level in high-speed mode when the ambient temperature is above approximately 30° C (86° F). To achieve full noise

CHP Max5000 Chassis (Rear Fiber Version) 2-1

reduction, the quieter power supplies with dual-speed fans (P/N CHP-PS/AC1-Q or CHP-PS/DC1-Q) must also be used. Table 2.1 provides a summary of the features of all CHP chassis.

Figure 2.1

CHP Max5000 Chassis

Table 2.1 Summary of Chassis Features

Chassis P/N Description

CHP-CHASSIS-19U Newest chassis with 8 dual-speed fans for quieter operation and backplane that handles higher current loads and high speed applications such as CHP ePON OLT. ARRIS recommends using this chassis for all current and future deployments starting July 2010.

CHP-CHASSIS-19S-B No longer available. Chassis with quiet dual-speed fans. Six mounting holes are provided on each side toward the front of the chassis, allowing the chassis to be mounted extending out the front of the rack using an optional mounting kit (P/N CHP-OFFBKT-19). Can also be flush mounted. Comes with 8 dual-speed fans for quieter operation.

CHP-CHASSIS-19S No longer available. Chassis with 8 dual-speed fans for quieter operation and backplane that handles higher current loads.

CHP-CHASSIS-19 No longer available. Original chassis with 8 single-speed fans.

CHP-CHASSIS-19Q No longer available. Flush mounted chassis with 8 dual-speed fans for quieter operation.

CHP-CHASSIS-19Q-B

No longer available. Second generation chassis with quiet dual-speed fans. Six mounting holes are provided on each side toward the front of the chassis, allowing the chassis to be mounted extending out the front of the rack using an optional mounting kit (P/N CHP-OFFBKT-19). Can also be flush mounted. Comes with 8 dual-speed fans for quieter operation.

2-2 CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies Rev D

Metal guides on the inside of the chassis align with the plastic guide rail on top of the modules, allowing the modules to slide into the chassis easily. All RF and optical connections are made directly to the application modules installed in the chassis. Modules plug into the backplane interconnection circuit board (with DC bus and SPI bus), which routes DC voltages and communications signals between modules.

Each chassis requires only one power supply and accepts a second for load sharing and redundancy. A management module provides an interface between the management system and the CHP Max5000 chassis. Rear-mounted Shelf Interconnect jacks (RJ-14) permit daisy-chaining of an entire rack of CHP Max5000 chassis for remote monitoring. A terminal block provides external alarm relay for such functions as an autodialer.

You can identify the chassis by means of one of the following labels on the front right flange of the chassis: CHP-CHASSIS-19S, CHP-CHASSIS-19S-B, CHP-CHASSIS-19S, or CHP-CHASSIS-19U.

Table 2.2 lists the mechanical specifications of the chassis..

Tools and Materials

Table 2.3 describes the tools, equipment, and materials that may be required to install, maintain, and test the chassis. Persons performing the procedures in this manual are expected to be familiar with the proper and safe use of these tools. Tools or equipment with equivalent or superior specifications may be substituted for those listed.

Unpacking

All units are tested and inspected before shipment and found to be free of mechanical and electrical defects. However, upon receiving your product:

1. Examine all shipping containers for any damage due to transit.

2. Unpack all modules and chassis.

Table 2.2 Mechanical Specifications

Characteristic Specification

Dimensions (W x H x D)

19.0 x 3.5 x 19.625 in (48.3 x 8.9 x 49.8 cm) without front handles19.0 x 3.5 x 21.25 in (48.3 x 8.9 x 53.4 cm) with front handles

Weight 17 lb (7.7 kg)

Table 2.3 Tools and Materials

Tools/Materials Required Specifications

Uses

Phillips screwdriver #2 Chassis installation

3/8 inch nutdriver N/A Installing optional CHP-OFFBKT-19 offset mounting kit

ESD grounding strap

N/A Handling SMM or CMM modules, and application modules.

Rev D CHP Max5000 Chassis (Rear Fiber Version) 2-3

3. Keep all packing materials until your inspection is complete. When possible, save the shipping container for future reshipment and/or storage.

If damage is discovered, file a claim with the carrier immediately and notify your ARRIS representative as soon as possible. Product deemed defective by the original purchaser must be returned to ARRIS prepaid in the original packing material (or equivalent) with a Return Material Authorization (RMA) from ARRIS Customer Service (800-233-2267).

Precautions

Failure to comply with these general safety precautions and with the specific precautions described elsewhere in this manual violates the safety standards of the design, manufacture, and intended use of the device. ARRIS assumes no liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these precautions.

Chassis Options

The CHP Max5000 chassis (P/N CHP-CHASSIS-19, CHP-CHASSIS-19Q, CHP-CHASSIS-19S, or CHP-CHASSIS-19U) mounts directly into a standard 19-inch rack. An optional bracket kit (P/N CHP-EXTBKT-23) is sold separately to mount the chassis in a 23-inch rack.

A Backplane Ethernet Switch (P/N CHP-BP-ETH-SW) is optional and is only used for high-speed applications such as CHP ePON OLT. It should be ordered separately.

Note For best performance, ARRIS recommends daisy-chaining a maximum of 5 chassis together; 6 to 10 may be daisy-chained together, but it will impact performance.

CAUTION Do not operate the chassis and installed modules in an ambient environment above 50º C (122ºF) or below 0° C (32°F) or with noncondensing relative humidity above 90% or below 10%. Doing so may result in unsatisfactory performance, unit failure, shortened unit life span, or a safety hazard.

CAUTION Do not attempt to modify or service any part of this chassis not specifically referred to as replaceable in this manual. Doing so voids the warranty. Return the chassis to ARRIS for service and repair.

CAUTION Store the chassis and modules away from corrosive materials at a temperature between –40 and 70ºC (–40 and 158ºF) and with no more than 90% humidity, noncondensing.


Connectors and Additional Assemblies

Figure 2.2

Connectors and Fan Assemblies

N.C.

C

Eth

ern

et

Sh

elf

Inte

rco

nn

ec

t

N.O.

Slot 10 Slot 7Slot 9 Slot 6Slot 8 Slot 5 Slot 4 Slot 3 Slot 2 Slot 1

DC/Communication Connectors (10) Power SupplyRetaining Tabs

Slot 1

Slot10

Ground Studs

Shelf Interconnect

SNMP Interface (Ethernet)

RF Connector Locations

Fans (8)

Rear View - CHP-CHASSIS-19, -19Q, and -19S

Local Alarm Terminal Block

Front View - All Models


Fans (8)

Local Alarm Terminal Block RF Connector LocationsHigh Speed

Shelf Interconnect

Low SpeedShelf Interconnect

Rear View - CHP-CHASSIS -19U


Table 2.4 CHP Max5000 Chassis Connectors and Fans

Connectors Description

DC/Communication Connectors

Multi-pin connectors on chassis backplane carry DC power (via DC bus) and communication signals (via SPI bus) into and out of application modules.

Shelf Interconnect On all models except the CHP-CHASSIS-19U, RJ-14 connectors permit “daisy-chaining” up to 10 chassis together for remote monitoring of these chassis. One SMM module is required to interface with up to 9 CMM-equipped chassis. For best performance, ARRIS recommends daisy-chaining a maximum of 5 chassis together; 6 to 10 may be daisy-chained together, but it will impact performance.

Hi Speed Shelf Interconnect On model CHP-CHASSIS-19U only, RJ-14 connectors permit “daisy-chaining” up to 10 chassis together for remote monitoring of these chassis. One SMM module is required to interface with up to 9 CMM-equipped chassis. Intended for high speed applications; requires installation of optional Backplane Ethernet Switch P/N CHP-BP-ETH-SW. For best performance, ARRIS recommends daisy-chaining a maximum of 5 chassis together; 6 to 10 may be daisy-chained together, but it will impact performance.

Lo Speed Shelf Interconnect On model CHP-CHASSIS-19U only, RJ-14 connectors permit “daisy-chaining” up to 10 chassis together for remote monitoring of these chassis. One SMM module is required to interface with up to 9 CMM-equipped chassis.

Ethernet SNMP Interface (10 BaseT)

An RJ-45 interface carries management signals from the chassis to a remote EMS controller.

Local Alarm Terminal Block Access terminals for external alarms. Please note that the contacts on the terminal block are reversed.

RF Connector Locations RF connectors on rear of application modules slide through these holes in the chassis. Additional hardware is required to secure application modules.

Ground Studs Connect to earth ground.

Retaining Tabs Secure power supply modules; press tab to remove power supply.

Fan Assemblies Eight independent, field-replaceable assemblies (single-speed P/N 0625734-1; dual-speed P/N CHP-QFANKIT) for cooling.


Module Locations

Figure 2.3

CHP Module Locations

Table 2.5 CHP Max Module Locations

Location Description

Application Module The application modules can be installed in any of the ten application module slots. Most application modules fit into a single module slot. The externally modulated forward transmitter module needs two slots and EDFA modules may require up to three slots.

Power Supply Module

One CHP Max power supply module fits into each slot. Total of two slots.

Management Module

Craft Management Module (CMM or CMM-1) — virtual slot 14 or System Management Module (SMM or SMM-1) — virtual slot 15 slides into this slot.

Note ARRIS recommends using a 475 Watt power supply rather than a 250 Watt power supply if a chassis will be fully populated with CORWave II (CHP-C2-) transmitter modules.

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 Slot 9 Slot 10

PS Slot 1

PS Slot 2

(Slot 11)

(Slot 12)

Application Module Slots (10) Power Supply Slots (2)

Management Module LocationCMM or CMM-1 (slot 14)SMM, SMM-1, or SMM-2 (slot 15)

Front View


Functional Description

Figure 2.4

CHP Max System Block Diagram

DC VoltagesThe CHP Max power supply feeds DC voltages into the backplane through a multi-pin DC/Communications connector. These voltages travel along the DC power bus, entering each application module through multi-pin DC/Communications Interfaces.

Chassis FansEight single speed chassis fans (P/N 0625734-1) are provided with chassis (P/N CHP-CHASSIS-19) and always operate at full speed. The eight dual-speed chassis fans (P/N CHP-QFANKIT) provided with chassis (P/N CHP-CHASSIS-19Q, CHP-CHASSIS-19Q-B, CHP-CHASSIS-19S-B, CHP-CHASSIS-19S, or CHP-CHASSIS-19U) operate in the low-speed mode when the fan’s sensed exhaust temperature of the chassis is less than 30°C and operates in the high-speed mode when the exhaust temperature is above 30°C.

Shelf

Interconnect

SNMP

Ethernet

Local

Alarm Com

N. O.

N. C.

Chassis Fan

(1 of 8

shown)

Aux Backplane

Main Backplane

Application Module 1


Application Module

10

Power Supply 1

Power Supply 2

Management Module

(CMM or SMM)

Po

we

rB

us

Fa

nC

urr

en

tse

nse

SP

IB

us

RS-485

Mo

du

leS

ele

ct

Lin

es

(12

)

DC/Communications Interfaces

Please note that the contacts on the Local Alarm terminal block are reversed.


Management Signals

Local MonitoringCraft Management Software is used to monitor a single CHP Max5000 chassis through a direct RS-232 connection to the CMM or SMM. The CMM or SMM sends management signals through the SPI bus on the chassis backplane to the other modules installed in the chassis, and status information from the modules travels back through the same route; the CMM or SMM then communicates with the computer running the Craft Management Software.

Local and Remote MonitoringThe CHP Max SMM (SNMP agent) enables monitoring and management of CHP Max equipment by communicating with an SNMP element manager with an appropriate configuration of IP addresses and management information bases (MIBs).

Management signals enter the SMM module through the Ethernet SNMP port. The SMM directs the management signals to a module in its own chassis or to another connected chassis. The CMM module in that chassis directs the signals to the appropriate application module. Signals from the module travel back through the SPI, to the CMM, through the daisy chain to the SMM, which communicates with the remote management system. One SMM may be used to permit remote management of up to an additional nine chassis with a CMM installed in each.

Handle Kit Installation

The CHP-CHASSIS-19 and CHP-CHASSIS-19Q chassis do not have the optional front handles installed on the chassis. An optional handle kit (P/N CHP-HANDLE-KIT) may be purchased separately that includes two handles and four Phillips screws. This kit may only be installed on chassis shipped after February 10, 2004. If you wish to install the front handles to the chassis, they must be installed before the chassis is installed into the rack. Do not install front handles to the chassis if you plan to mount a 2RU tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N CHP-HANDLE-KIT) to the chassis.

➤ To install the handle kit (P/N CHP-HANDLE-KIT)

1. Position a new handle (P/N 862551) with the longer section of the handle at the bottom and align the two mounting holes with the smaller mounting holes on the front flange of the chassis.

2. Install two Phillips screws (P/N 300014-0506) and tighten using a #2 Phillips screwdriver.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to install the other handle.

Note All CHP-CHASSIS-19 chassis shipped before February 10, 2004 do not have the holes required to install the optional handle kit.

Note Do not install front handles to the chassis if you plan to mount a 2RU tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N 1500376-001) to the front of the chassis.


Offset Bracket Kit Installation

The offset bracket kit (P/N CHP-OFFBKT-19) is installed on the CHP-CHASSIS-19Q-B or CHP-CHASSIS-19S-B chassis to allow the chassis to be extended either four or six inches out from the front of the 19-inch rack. This chassis is the similar to the CHP-CHASSIS-19Q chassis except it has six holes on each side toward the front for the offset brackets. The offset bracket kit consists of the following items:

■ Two offset brackets (P/N 1502303-001)

■ Eight 10-32 x 7/16 Phillips screws (P/N 1501929)

■ Eight 10-32 Keps nuts (P/N HN0027)

➤ To install the offset bracket kit (CHP-OFFBKT-19)

1. Position the offset bracket to the desired offset as shown in Figure 2.5

2. Insert four screws from inside of the chassis and through the holes in the offset bracket.

3. Install a Keps nut onto each screw and hand tighten the nuts.

4. Use a 3/8 inch nutdriver to torque the Keps nuts between 24 and 28 in-lbs (2.7 and 3.2 N·m).

5. Position the offset bracket on the other side of the chassis to the same offset and repeat Steps 2 through 4.

Figure 2.5

Installing CHP-OFFBKT-19 kit on the CHP-CHASSIS-19Q-B or CHP-CHASSIS-19S-Bchassis

Offset bracket location for 6 inch offset

Offset bracket location for 4 inch offset

Front Rear


Tablet PC Installation Requirements

The 2RU tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N 1500376-001) is installed in a standard 19-inch rack to hold a tablet PC that can interface with the DB9 female Craft Interface connector on either the front of the CMM or SMM module. This bracket can either be installed in front of a CHP-CHASSIS-19, CHP-CHASSIS-19S, CHP-CHASSIS-19Q. or CHP-CHASSIS-19U chassis without the handle kit (P/N CHP-HANDLE-KIT) installed or any place in the rack with 2RU (3.5 inches) of free space. The bracket is designed to only hold an HP-Compaq tablet PC model TC1100 and this tablet PC should have the following peripherals:

■ CD-ROM drive capability to load the CMM software and firmware files

■ USB serial cable (P/N CHP-RS232-USB) for communications between the tablet PC (type A male) and CMM/SMM (DB9 male).

Refer to the paragraph To install the chassis to install the tablet PC bracket assembly.

CHP Chassis Installation

The chassis is designed to be installed into a standard EIA 19 inch (48.26cm) rack. Refer to Figure 2.6 as required. Mount the chassis into the rack in an indoor environment following these guidelines:

■ Do not block the front or back panel of any chassis.

■ Maintain sufficient space in front of and behind the rack for air circulation.

■ No space is required between CHP chassis in the rack.

➤ To install the chassis

1. Refer to the system/headend map for the rack location of the CHP chassis.

2. Align the mounting holes in each of the front flanges of the chassis with holes in the rack.

CAUTION Some components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD)! Use a grounding strap to prevent damage to electronic components by accidental ESD. Do not touch any components not specifically referred to in these instructions.

CAUTION Two people are required to install the chassis. Due to the weight of a loaded chassis, the chassis should be installed without modules. To prevent the rack from toppling, install these chassis starting at the bottom of the rack and finishing at the top.

Note See Thermal Limits for Chassis Loading on page 2-13, for more information.

WARNING Install chassis from the bottom of the rack toward the top of the rack to prevent the rack from toppling.


3. If desired, position the optional tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N 1500376-001) over the CHP chassis and align the mounting holes of the bracket with the mounting holes of the CHP chassis. Install and tighten all four mounting flange screws securely. Refer to the rack manufacturer’s recommended torque specifications.

4. Connect an appropriate ground wire from the common rack ground to one of the ground studs on the left of the rear of the chassis (see Figure 2.2 on page 2-5). A 10-32 UNF nut is required (not supplied) to secure the wire’s ground lug to the ground stud.

5. Repeats Steps 1 through 4 to install each of the remaining chassis in the CHP system.

Figure 2.6

Installing a Chassis in a Standard 19 Inch Rack

Note The tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N 1500376-001) can NOT be installed in front of a CHP chassis with the optional handle kit (P/N CHP-HANDLE-KIT) installed.

CHP Chassis

Standard EIA 19 inch Rack

Install chassis from the bottom of the rack toward the top of the rack to prevent the rack from toppling.


Configuring the CHP Chassis

Thermal Limits for Chassis LoadingThe specified ambient operating temperature range for each module is listed in the specifications area at the end of each section throughout this manual. The required operating temperature range for all modules is from 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F).

The cooling fans will maintain the operating temperature of all components below maximum limits in a fully loaded chassis as long as the following conditions are maintained:

■ There is sufficient clearance in front of and behind the chassis for air circulation.

■ The front and back panels of a chassis are not blocked.

Power Supply and Chassis ConsiderationsThe CHP chassis requires at least one Power Supply module. An additional redundant load-sharing Power Supply may be installed for improved reliability. All outputs of the Power Supply module(s) are connected using internal diodes or steering Field Effect Transistors (FETs) with another Power Supply module. The function of the diodes or steering FET circuit is to route power from the Power Supply modules with the highest voltage to the chassis backplane. Two installed Power Supply modules will share the chassis load within 10% of each other.

Module Installation

After installing all of the chassis in your CHP system, you need to install modules into each of the chassis. This section provides a brief description of module installation. A detailed description of installing and configuring a module is provided in the chapter corresponding to that module.

Installing a Power Supply ModuleOnly one Power Supply module is required to operate a fully loaded chassis. Installing an additional Power Supply module improves reliability by providing load sharing and redundancy.

Table 2.6 Power Supply and Chassis Configurations

Chassis Being Used Compatible Power Supply

CHP-CHASSIS-19, CHP-CHASSIS-19Q, CHP-CHASSIS-19Q-B

Accepts CHP-PS/AC1, CHP-PS/AC1-Q, CHP-PS/DC1, and CHP-PS/DC1-Q. Cannot use these AC and DC power supplies in the same chassis.

CHP-CHASSIS-19S, CHP-CHASSIS-19S-B, CHP-CHASSIS-19U

Accepts CHP-PS/AC1-SW, CHP-PS/AC1, CHP-PS/AC1-Q, CHP-PS/DC1-SW, CHP-PS/DC1, and CHP-PS/DC1-Q. Cannot use these AC and DC power supplies in the same chassis.


➤ To install the Power Supply module

1. If the CMM or SMM module is installed, press upward on the latch release on the front panel and slide the module out the front of the chassis.

2. Position the Power Supply module with the multi-pin DC/Communication connector toward the bottom.

3. Slide the rear (side with power and multi-pin connectors) of the Power Supply module(s) into the chassis. Retaining tab snaps into place to secure the module.

4. Connect the appropriate AC power cord based on installation site to the IEC 320-C14 AC power cord connector on the rear of the Power Supply module. Refer to Table 3.1 on page 3-2 for the appropriate power cord.

5. Connect the power plug of the AC power cord to an AC receptacle (wall outlet).

Installing an Application ModuleModules currently available are listed in Table 2.7 on page 2-15.

➤ To install an application module

1. Refer to the system/headend map for the slot location of the application modules.

Note Do not install an AC Power Supply module (P/N CHP-PS/AC1 or CHP-PS/AC1-Q) in a chassis that contains a DC Power Supply module (P/N CHP-PS/DC1 or CHP-PS/DC1-Q). The 3.3VDC outputs will not current share and false alarms may be generated.

Note Modules can be installed and removed with the chassis powered (hot-swapped).

Note The Power Supply module(s) must be installed before the CMM or SMM module is installed.

Note While a single power supply will operate in either the upper or lower bay, the Craft Management Software identifies the upper bay as slot 11 and the lower as slot 12.

Note The CHP-PS/AC1 or CHP-PS/AC1-Q AC input power supply includes a power cord for 115VAC United States installations.

CAUTION Some components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD)! Use a grounding strap to prevent damage to electronic components by ESD. Do not touch any components not specifically referred to in these instructions.

CAUTION Refer to the ARRIS Fiber Care and Cleaning Guide, P/N 1506507, for important guidelines to follow when installing fiber optic cable.



2. Gently insert each module into a slot in the front of the chassis. Be careful to align the plastic guide rail on the top of the module with the metal guides on the top of the chassis.

3. Carefully slide the application module into the chassis until it is fully seated in the backplane. The latch on the front panel locks when the module is fully seated.

4. If desired, secure the module to the chassis with a lock washer and nut (6 to 20 in-lbs) over the F-connector.

5. Repeat Steps 2 through 4 to install the remaining modules in the chassis.

6. Install a blank panel (P/N CHP-BLANK) into each empty slot at the front of the chassis to ensure proper cooling of the application modules within the chassis.

7. Refer to Table 2.7 to configure the corresponding modules.

Note When a module is installed in a powered chassis, the Status alarm LED on the front panel may light if signal cables have not been connected to the unit.

Note Blank panel(s) are not required if the chassis only contains EDFA modules.

Table 2.7 Module Configuration Reference

Module Section

CMM or SMM (CHP-CMM or CHP-SMM) Configuring CMM, CMM-1, SMM, or SMM-1 on page 5-12

CHP-SMM-2) SMM-2 Configuration on page 6-11

Single-input Forward Transmitter (CHP-FTX-xx-S) Configuring the CHP Forward Transmitter on page 7-27

Dual-input Forward Transmitter (CHP-FTX-D[XL]xx-S) Configuring the CHP Forward Transmitter on page 7-27

1GHz dual-input Forward Transmitter (CHP-GFX[V]-D-xx-S)

Configuring the CHP Forward Transmitter on page 7-27

1GHz CORWave Forward Transmitter (CHP-MXxx-xxxx-xx-S)


1GHz dual-input Forward QAM Transmitter (CHP-GQTX-10-S-xx)


1550nm Externally Modulated Forward Transmitter (CHP-XMOD-xxx-xx-x) or (CHP-GMOD-xxx-xx-xx)

Configuring the XMOD/GMOD on page 8-9

Dual-input Return Transmitter (CHP-RTXx-10-S-xx) Configuring the RTX on page 9-10

Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) (CHP-EDFA-[CG]-xx-x-x)

Configuring the EDFA on page 11-7


Installing the CMM or SMM Module

➤ To install the CMM or SMM

1. Gently insert the CMM or SMM into the slot just to the left of the Power Supply module(s). Be careful to align the top of the module’s circuit board with the metal guides on the top of the chassis.

2. Carefully slide the CMM or SMM into the chassis until it is fully seated in the backplane. The latch on the front panel locks when the module is fully seated.

Each SMM is shipped with the following default addresses. Refer to the section, To connect network cabling on page 5-12, to change any of these addresses.

Maintenance

Chassis installation is covered in CHP Chassis Installation on page 2-11. The following sections discuss installation or replacement of user-serviceable chassis components.

Fuse ReplacementThere are no fuses to replace in the CHP system.

Redundant Single Channel Forward Receiver (CHP-RFRX-S)

Configuring the RFRX or GFRX on page 12-9

Redundant Single Channel Forward Receiver (CHP-GFRX-S)

Configuring the RFRX or GFRX on page 12-9

Dual Channel Return Receiver (CHP-2RRX-S) Configuring the 2RRX on page 13-8

Redundant Dual Channel Return Receiver (CHP-R2RR-S) Configuring the R2RR on page 14-11

Redundant Digital 1:2 Demux Return Receiver (CHP-D1RRX-S)

Configuring the D1RRX on page 15-13

1GHz Forward RF Amplifier (CHP-GAMP/CHP-GAMP3) Configuring the Amplifier on page 17-10

Note Ensure that the desired Power Supply configuration is installed before installing the CMM or SMM. The Power Supply module(s) is located behind the CMM or SMM module.

Table 2.8 SMM Default Addresses

Address Type Default Address

IP address 192.168.1.1

netmask 255.255.255.0

gateway 192.168.1.1

Table 2.7 Module Configuration Reference (cont’d)

Module Section


Chassis FansA chassis equipped with a CMM, CMM-1, SMM, or SMM-1 module detects when any of the eight fans located at the rear of the chassis have failed. The fans can be serviced without interrupting customer service. Vacuuming or cleaning the fans with compressed air when dirty will increase air flow and improve cooling. A single inoperable fan is most likely caused by a failure of that fan’s motor. Failure of all fans to operate is most likely caused by the absence of 12VDC power to the chassis backplane.

If you have purchased a chassis (CHP-CHASSIS-19) with eight single-speed fans and want to upgrade to the quieter dual-speed fans, an upgrade kit (CHP-QFANKIT) containing eight dual-speed fans (P/N CHP-QFANKIT) is available. Perform the following procedure to either replace fan(s) or upgrade to the dual-speed fans.

➤ To replace the chassis fans

1. Disconnect the inoperative fan’s 12VDC power connector from the rear of the chassis. Refer to Figure 2.7.

2. Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four Phillips fan mounting screws that secure the fan housing to the chassis and then remove the fan assembly.

3. Position either the replacement single-speed fan assembly (P/N 0625734-1) or the dual-speed fan assembly (P/N CHP-QFANKIT) with the arrow on the fan, indicating the direction of air flow, pointing away from the chassis and with the power connector at the top.

4. Align the four mounting holes in the fan assembly with the mounting holes in the chassis and partially tighten the four Phillips mounting screws to secure the fan to the chassis.

5. Gradually tighten the four Phillips mounting screws until all screws are torqued between 6 and 8 in-lbs.

6. Connect the fan power connector to the connector on the rear of the chassis. The connector is keyed so that it can only be inserted in the proper orientation.

Note If you are replacing the eight single speed fans with dual-speed chassis fans (P/N CHP-QFANKIT), alarms will be generated since the low speed current is below the 150mA major and minor low alarm threshold for single speed fans. Set the major low threshold to 60mA and the minor low threshold to 70mA for dual-speed chassis fans.

CAUTION To maintain proper cooling within the CHP chassis, replace only one fan at a time.

CAUTION Use extreme care to avoid pinching or damaging wires.


7. Position the wires of the power connector between the top of the fan and chassis, and then carefully push the wires toward the front of the chassis and position the power connector as shown in Figure 2.7.

8. Observe proper fan operation with air blowing out the rear of the chassis.

9. Repeat Steps 1 through 8 for each of the remaining seven fans, one at a time.

10. The minor low and major low chassis fan current threshold levels need to be adjusted to the level of the dual-speed fans (CHP-CHASSIS-19Q, CHP-CHASSIS-19Q-B, CHP-CHASSIS-19S-B, CHP-CHASSIS-19S, or CHP-CHASSIS-19U) to avoid generating alarms when the fan(s) operates at the lower speed. Refer to Setting Major and Minor Alarm Threshold Limits on page 2-23 to adjust these threshold levels.

Figure 2.7

Chassis Fan Replacement

CORView Lite Element Manager Software FunctionsAfter launching CORView Lite Element Manager Software, select the CHP chassis containing the SMM-2 in the Device Tree View panel of CORView Lite. Then, right click on the SMM-2 in the graphic display of the chassis to display a menu of the following SMM-2 CORView Lite functions.

■ Configuration > Module Properties – Selecting this function displays the SMM-2 Module Properties Window (refer to Figure 2.8), which provides a variety of information regarding the SMM-2.

■ Configuration > Status and Control – Selecting this function displays the SMM-2 Status and Control Window (refer to Figure 2.9), which provides a variety of information regarding the status and control parameters.

■ Configuration > Reset to Factory Defaults – Selecting this function sets all user-selectable options to their factory defaults.

Disconnect Power Connector

Fan MountingScrews


■ Configuration > Reboot Module – Selecting this function causes the SMM-2 to reboot.

■ Faults > Alarm Configuration – Selecting this function displays the SMM-2 Alarm Configuration Window (refer to Figure 2.10), which provides a a variety of information regarding the alarm parameters including alarm thresholds.

■ Faults > Active Alarms – Selecting this function displays a list of the SMM-2’s current alarms.

■ Reset Configuration – Select this function only after replacing the SMM-2 with a different type of module. Do not select this function if you are replacing the SMM-2 with a different SMM-2.

Figure 2.8

SMM-2 Module Properties Window

CAUTION Rebooting a card is a service-affecting operation.


Figure 2.9

SMM-2 Status and Control Window

Figure 2.10

SMM-2 Alarm Configuration Window


After launching the CHP Max Craft Management Software, click on the Disconnected button or click Communication > Connect and then double-click on any of the eight fans on the rear of the chassis. The Status and Setting window of the chassis fan bay is displayed in Figure 2.11.

Disconnected


Figure 2.11

Chassis Fan Bay Status and Settings Management Window

Table 2.9 Controls and Functions of the Craft Management Software

Control Function

Status and Settings tab

Fan 1-8 Current Displays the 12VDC current of each of the eight chassis fans in mA.

Configure Sets major low, minor low, minor high, and major high alarm limits of all eight fan currents. Changing the alarm limit of one fan will change the alarm limits of the other seven fans to the same alarm limit.

Show info Lists the four alarm thresholds and graphical display configuration information.

Show history Displays a graph of the output current vs. time.

Save history Saves output current data points vs. time to an Excel file format.

Module Identity tab

This tab only provides status. Refer to Figure 2.12 on page 2-22 to see the various module parameters.

Window resulting from right clicking on Fan 1 current through Fan 8


Figure 2.12

Chassis Fan Bay Module Identity Tab Display

Alarms tab

This tab lists all major and minor alarms as shown in Figure 2.13 on page 2-23.

Table 2.9 Controls and Functions of the Craft Management Software (cont’d)

Control Function


Figure 2.13

Chassis Fan Bay Alarm Tab Display

Setting Major and Minor Alarm Threshold LimitsThe alarm parameters listed in Table 2.10 have four adjustable alarm thresholds and a fixed deadband value associated with each parameter. Alarms generated by the status monitoring circuit are based on which thresholds have been exceeded. Figure 2.14 shows the four threshold levels and the corresponding alarms.

Figure 2.14

Threshold/Alarm Diagram

Major High

Minor High

Minor Low

Major Low

Threshold

No Alarm (green)

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)

Alarm

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)


The factory-default threshold and deadband values for each parameter are listed in Table 2.10. A deadband or hysteresis value prevents alarm oscillation. Once a threshold is exceeded, the alarm can only be downgraded if the parameter is at least a deadband below the threshold value.

➤ To adjust the alarm threshold limits

1. Follow the procedures for Local Monitoring with the CHP-CMS Craft Management Software—page 1-12.

2. Double-click the Fan module identifier in the module inventory or double-click on any of the eight fans on the rear of the chassis in the image map to open that Fan Bay’s management window.

3. Right click on any of the eight Fan current meters and select Configure from the shortcut menu. Refer to Figure 2.15.

4. In the Alarm Setup area, drag the slider or enter the desired alarm limit value for the Major low, Minor low, Minor high, and Major high. Click OK to save these alarm limit values.

Table 2.10 Factory-default Threshold and Deadband Values

Parameter Major Low

Minor Low

Nominal

Minor High

Major High

Shutdown Threshold

Deadband

Fan 1 through 8 Current CHP-CHASSIS-19 (mA)

150 150 215 450 450 N/A 1

Fan 1 through 8 Current CHP-CHASSIS-19Q, CHP-CHASSIS-19Q-B, CHP-CHASSIS-19S, CHP-CHASSIS-19S-B, or CHP-CHASSIS-19U (mA)

59 61 85 448 450 N/A 1

Note The alarm thresholds for Fan 1 current through Fan 8 current are not independent. Changing the alarm threshold value on any of the fan meters will automatically update the alarm thresholds on the other seven fan meters.


Figure 2.15

Chassis Fan Alarm Threshold Limits

Backplane Ethernet Switch

The Backplane Ethernet Switch (P/N CHP-BP-ETH-SW), (refer to Figure 2.16) must be used for applications that include the D2RRX Dual-Density Digital 1:2 Demultiplexed Return Path Receiver,

Also, the Backplane Ethernet Switch should be used for ePON OLT applications where high-speed applications are required with CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U.

The Backplane Ethernet Switch is a 10/100BaseT 2-Port Ethernet switch that provides a 100-Mbps management backplane for ePON modules and eliminates an external data cable connection. It supports a Fast Ethernet switch option for the management backplane as a built-in accessory.


Figure 2.16



Rev D

C H A P T E R 3

CHP MAX5000 CHASSIS (FRONT FIBER VERSION)This chapter describes the front fiber version of the CHP Max5000 chassis.


Tools and Materials—page 3-2

Unpacking—page 3-3

Precautions—page 3-3

Chassis Options—page 3-4

Connectors and Additional Assemblies —page 3-5

Module Locations—page 3-7


Handle Kit Installation—page 3-9

Tablet PC Installation Requirements—page 3-9

CHP Chassis Installation—page 3-10

Configuring the CHP Chassis—page 3-11

Module Installation—page 3-12

Fiber Protection Kit Installation—page 3-14

Maintenance—page 3-15

Backplane Ethernet Switch—page 3-23


The current CHP Max5000 recessed chassis (P/N CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U) has eight dual-speed fans for quiet operation and backplane that handles higher current loads and high speed applications such as CHP ePON OLT. (ARRIS recommends using this chassis for all current and future deployments starting July 2010.) The speed of each dual-speed fan is determined by the ambient air temperature surrounding that fan. These fans operate at the quieter low-speed when the ambient temperature is below approximately 30° C (86° F) and operate with a higher noise level in high-speed mode when the ambient temperature is above approximately 30° C (86° F). To achieve full noise reduction, the quieter power supplies with dual-speed fans (P/N CHP-PS/AC1-Q or CHP-PS/DC1-Q) must also be used. The 2RU (3.5 in. [8.9cm]) chassis holds up to 10 application modules, 2 power supply modules, and 1 management module. Eight independent field-replaceable fans are mounted on the rear of the chassis to force warm air through the rear of the chassis to cool the application modules.

CHP Max5000 Chassis (Front Fiber Version) 3-1

Figure 3.1

CHP Max5000 Chassis

Metal guides on the inside of the chassis align with the plastic guide rail on top of the modules, allowing the modules to slide into the chassis easily. All RF and optical connections are made directly to the application modules installed in the chassis. Modules plug into the backplane interconnection circuit board (with DC bus and SPI bus), which routes DC voltages and communications signals between modules.

Each chassis requires one power supply and accepts a second for load sharing and redundancy. A management module provides an interface between the management system and the CHP Max5000 chassis. Rear-mounted Shelf Interconnect jacks (RJ-14) permit daisy-chaining of an entire rack of CHP Max5000 chassis for remote monitoring. A terminal block provides external alarm relay for such functions as an autodialer.

The original CHP Max5000 recessed chassis (P/N CHP-CHASSIS-R-19) and its replacements (P/N CHP-CHASSIS-R-19Q and CHP-CHASSIS-R-19S) are no longer available for purchase.

Table 3.1 lists the mechanical specifications of the chassis..

Tools and Materials

Table 3.2 describes the tools, equipment, and materials that may be required to install, maintain, and test the chassis. Persons performing the procedures in this manual are expected to be familiar with the proper and safe use of these tools. Tools or equipment with equivalent or superior specifications may be substituted for those listed.

Table 3.1 Mechanical Specifications


Dimensions (W x H x D)

19.0 x 3.5 x 19.625 in (48.3 x 8.9 x 49.8 cm) without front handles and tray

Weight 17 lb (7.7 kg)


Unpacking

All units are tested and inspected before shipment and found to be free of mechanical and electrical defects. However, upon receiving your product:

1. Examine all shipping containers for any damage due to transit.

2. Unpack all modules and chassis.

3. Keep all packing materials until your inspection is complete. When possible, save the shipping container for future reshipment and/or storage.

If damage is discovered, file a claim with the carrier immediately and notify your ARRIS representative as soon as possible. Product deemed defective by the original purchaser must be returned to ARRIS prepaid in the original packing material (or equivalent) with a Return Material Authorization (RMA) from ARRIS Customer Service.

Precautions

Failure to comply with these general safety precautions and with the specific precautions described elsewhere in this manual violates the safety standards of the design, manufacture, and intended use of the device. C-COR assumes no liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these precautions.

Table 3.2 Tools and Materials

Tools/Materials Required Specifications Uses

Phillips screwdriver #2 Chassis installation

ESD grounding strap N/A Handling SMM, CMM, and application modules.

Note For best performance, ARRIS recommends daisy-chaining a maximum of 5 chassis together; 6 to 10 may be daisy-chained together, but it will impact performance.

CAUTION Do not operate the chassis and installed modules in an ambient environment above 50º C (122º F) or below 0° C (32° F) or with noncondensing relative humidity above 90% or below 10%. Doing so may result in unsatisfactory performance, unit failure, shortened unit life span, or a safety hazard.

CAUTION Do not attempt to modify or service any part of this chassis not specifically referred to as replaceable in this manual. Doing so voids the warranty. Return the chassis to ARRIS for service and repair.

CAUTION Store the chassis and modules away from corrosive materials at a temperature between –40 and 70º C (–40 and 158º F) and with no more than 90% humidity, noncondensing.

Rev D CHP Max5000 Chassis (Front Fiber Version) 3-3

Chassis Options

The current CHP Max5000 recessed chassis (P/N CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U) mounts directly into a standard 19-inch rack. An optional bracket kit (P/N CHP-EXTBKT-23) is sold separately to mount the chassis in a 23-inch rack. In addition to this, an optional fiber protection kit (P/N CHP-FFTRAY) which consists of a fiber management tray and a clear plastic fiber shield can be installed on the front of the chassis to route fiber optic cables to and from the optical connectors on the front of the application modules.

A Backplane Ethernet Switch (P/N CHP-BP-ETH-SW) is optional and is only used for high-speed applications such as CHP ePON OLT. It should be ordered separately.

The original CHP Max5000 recessed chassis (P/N CHP-CHASSIS-R-19) and its replacements (P/N CHP-CHASSIS-R-19Q and CHP-CHASSIS-R-19S) are no longer available for purchase.


Connectors and Additional Assemblies

Figure 3.2

Connectors and Fan Assemblies

N.C.

C

Eth

ern

et

Sh

elf

Inte

rco

nn

ec

t

N.O.

Slot 10 Slot 7Slot 9 Slot 6Slot 8 Slot 5 Slot 4 Slot 3 Slot 2 Slot 1

DC/Communication Connectors (10) Power SupplyRetaining Tabs

Slot 1

Slot10

Ground Studs

Shelf Interconnect


RF Connector Locations

Fans (8)

Rear View - CHP-CHASSIS-R-19 and -R-19Q


Front View - All Models


Fans (8)

Local Alarm Terminal Block RF Connector LocationsHigh Speed

Shelf Interconnect

Low SpeedShelf Interconnect

Rear View - CHP-CHASSIS -R-19U


Table 3.3 CHP Max5000 Chassis Connectors and Fans

Connectors Description

DC/Communication Connectors

Multi-pin connectors on chassis backplane carry DC power (via DC bus) and communication signals (via SPI bus) into and out of application modules.

Shelf Interconnect On all models except the CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U, RJ-14 connectors permit “daisy-chaining” up to 10 chassis together for remote monitoring of these chassis. One SMM module is required to interface with up to 9 CMM-equipped chassis. For best performance, ARRIS recommends daisy-chaining a maximum of 5 chassis together; 6 to 10 may be daisy-chained together, but it will impact performance.

Hi Speed Shelf Interconnect

On model CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U only, RJ-14 connectors permit “daisy-chaining” up to 10 chassis together for remote monitoring of these chassis. One SMM module is required to interface with up to 9 CMM-equipped chassis. Intended for high speed applications; requires installation of optional Backplane Ethernet Switch P/N CHP-BP-ETH-SW. For best performance, ARRIS recommends daisy-chaining a maximum of 5 chassis together; 6 to 10 may be daisy-chained together, but it will impact performance.

Lo Speed Shelf Interconnect

On model CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U only, RJ-14 connectors permit “daisy-chaining” up to 10 chassis together for remote monitoring of these chassis. One SMM module is required to interface with up to 9 CMM-equipped chassis.

Ethernet SNMP Interface (10BaseT)

An RJ-45 interface carries management signals from the chassis to a remote EMS controller.


Access terminals for external alarms. Please note that the contacts on the terminal block are reversed.

RF Connector Locations RF connectors on rear of application modules slide through these holes in the chassis. Additional hardware is required to secure application modules.

Ground Studs Connect to earth ground.

Retaining Tabs Secure power supply modules; press tab to remove power supply.

Fan Assemblies Eight independent, field-replaceable assemblies (single-speed P/N 0625734-1; dual-speed P/N CHP-QFANKIT) for cooling.


Module Locations

Figure 3.3

CHP Module Locations

Table 3.4 CHP Max Module Locations

Location Description

Application Module Each developed application module fits into a single module slot. Some future modules will require multiple slots. Total of ten slots.

Power Supply Module One CHP Max power supply module fits into each slot. Total of two slots.

Management Module Craft Management Module (CMM) or System Management Module (SMM) slides into this slot.

Note ARRIS recommends using a 475 Watt power supply rather than a 250 Watt power supply if a chassis will be fully populated with CORWave II (CHP-C2-) transmitter modules.

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 Slot 9 Slot 10

PS Slot 1

PS Slot 2

(Slot 11)

(Slot 12)

Application Module Slots (10) Power Supply Slots (2)

Management Module LocationCMM or CMM-1 (slot 14)SMM, SMM-1, or SMM-2 (slot 15)

Front View



Figure 3.4

CHP Max5000 System Block Diagram

DC VoltagesThe CHP Max power supply feeds DC voltages into the backplane through a multi-pin DC/Communications connector. These voltages travel along the DC power bus, entering each application module through multi-pin DC/Communications Interfaces.

Management Signals

Local MonitoringCraft Management Software is used to monitor a single CHP Max5000 chassis through a direct RS-232 connection to the CMM or SMM. The CMM or SMM sends management signals through the SPI bus on the chassis backplane to the other modules installed in the chassis, and status information from the modules travels back through the same route; the CMM or SMM then communicates with the computer running the Craft Management Software.

Shelf

Interconnect

SNMP

Ethernet

Local

Alarm Com

N. O.

N. C.

Chassis Fan

(1 of 8

shown)

Aux Backplane

Main Backplane



Application Module

10

Power Supply 1

Power Supply 2

Management Module

(CMM or SMM)

Po

we

rB

us

Fa

nC

urr

en

tse

nse

SP

IB

us

RS-485

Mo

du

leS

ele

ct

Lin

es

(12

)

DC/Communications Interfaces

Please note that the contacts on the Local Alarm terminal block are reversed.


Local and Remote MonitoringThe CHP Max SMM (SNMP agent) enables monitoring and management of CHP Max equipment by communicating with an SNMP element manager with an appropriate configuration of IP addresses and management information bases (MIBs).

Management signals enter the SMM module through the Ethernet SNMP port. The SMM directs the management signals to a module in its own chassis or to another connected chassis. The CMM module in that chassis directs the signals to the appropriate application module. Signals from the module travel back through the SPI, to the CMM, through the daisy chain to the SMM, which communicates with the remote management system. One SMM may be used to permit remote management of up to an additional nine chassis with a CMM installed in each.

Handle Kit Installation

The front handles of the CHP-CHASSIS-R-19 are not installed on the chassis but are packed with this chassis as a handle kit (P/N CHP-HANDLE-KIT). This kit includes two handles and four Phillips screws. If you wish to install front handles to the chassis, they must be installed before the chassis is installed into the rack. Do not install front handles to the chassis if you plan to mount a 2RU tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N 1500376-001) to the chassis.

➤ To install the handle kit (P/N CHP-HANDLE-KIT)

1. Position a new handle (P/N 862551) with the longer section of the handle at the bottom and align the two mounting holes with the smaller mounting holes on the front flange of the chassis. Refer to Figure 3.1 on page 3-2.

2. Install two Phillips screws (P/N 300014-0506) and tighten using a #2 Phillips screwdriver.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to install the other handle.

Tablet PC Installation Requirements

The 2RU tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N 1500376-001) is installed in a standard 19-inch rack to hold a tablet PC that can interface with the DB9 female Craft Interface connector on either the front of the CMM or SMM module. This bracket can either be installed in front of a CHP-CHASSIS-R-19 or CHP-CHASSIS-R-19Q chassis without the handle kit (P/N CHP-HANDLE-KIT) installed or any place in the rack with 2RU (3.5 inches) of free space. The bracket is designed to only hold an HP-Compaq tablet PC model TC1100 and this tablet PC should have the following peripherals:

■ CD-ROM drive capability to load the CMM software and firmware files

■ USB serial cable (P/N CHP-RS232-USB) for communications between the tablet PC (type A male) and CMM/SMM (DB9 male).

Refer to the paragraph To install the chassis to install the tablet PC bracket assembly.

Note Do not install front handles to the chassis if you plan to mount a 2RU tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N 1500376-001) to the front of the chassis.


CHP Chassis Installation

The chassis is designed to be installed into a standard EIA 19 inch (48.26cm) rack. Refer to Figure 3.5 as required. Mount the chassis into the rack in an indoor environment following these guidelines:

■ Do not block the front or back panel of any chassis.

■ Maintain sufficient space in front of and behind the rack for air circulation.

■ No space is required between CHP chassis in the rack.

➤ To install the chassis

1. Refer to the system/headend map for the rack location of the CHP chassis.

2. Align the mounting holes in each of the front flanges of the chassis with holes in the rack.

3. If desired, position the optional tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N 1500376-001) over the CHP chassis and align the mounting holes of the bracket with the mounting holes of the CHP chassis. Install and tighten all four mounting flange screws securely. Refer to the rack manufacturer’s recommended torque specifications.

4. Connect an appropriate ground wire from the common rack ground to one of the ground studs on the left of the rear of the chassis (see Figure 3.2 on page 3-5). A 10-32 UNC nut is required (not supplied) to secure the wire’s ground lug to the ground stud.

5. Repeats Steps 1 through 4 to install each of the remaining chassis in the CHP system.

CAUTION Some components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD)! Use a grounding strap to prevent damage to electronic components by accidental ESD. Do not touch any components not specifically referred to in these instructions.

CAUTION Two people are required to install the chassis. Due to the weight of a loaded chassis, the chassis should be installed without modules. To prevent the rack from toppling, install these chassis starting at the bottom of the rack and finishing at the top.

Note See Thermal Limits for Chassis Loading on page 3-11, for more information.

Note The tablet PC bracket assembly (P/N 1500376-001) can NOT be installed in front of a CHP chassis with the optional handle kit (P/N CHP-HANDLE-KIT) installed.


Figure 3.5

Installing a Chassis in a Standard 19 Inch Rack

Configuring the CHP Chassis

Thermal Limits for Chassis LoadingThe specified ambient operating temperature range for each module is listed in the specifications area at the end of each section throughout this manual. The required operating temperature range for all modules is from 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F).

The cooling fans will maintain the operating temperature of all components below maximum limits in a fully loaded chassis as long as the following conditions are maintained:

■ There is sufficient clearance in front of and behind the chassis for air circulation.

■ The front and back panels of a chassis are not blocked.

Powering ConsiderationsThe CHP chassis requires at least one Power Supply module. An additional redundant load-sharing Power Supply may be installed in for improved reliability. All outputs of the Power Supply module(s) are connected using internal diodes or steering field effect transistors (FETs) with another Power Supply module. The function of the diodes or steering

CHP Chassis

Standard EIA 19 inch Rack

Install chassis from the bottom of the rack toward the top of the rack to prevent the rack from toppling.


FET circuit is to route power from the Power Supply modules with the highest voltage to the chassis backplane. Two installed Power Supply modules will share the chassis load within 10% of each other.

Module Installation

After installing all of the chassis in your CHP system, you need to install modules into each of the chassis. This section provides a brief description of module installation. A detailed description of installing and configuring a module is provided in the chapter corresponding to that module.

Installing a Power Supply ModuleOnly one Power Supply module is required to operate a fully loaded chassis. Installing an additional Power Supply module improves reliability by providing load sharing and redundancy.

➤ To install the Power Supply module

1. If the CMM or SMM module is installed, press upward on the latch release on the front panel and slide the module out the front of the chassis.


3. Slide the rear (side with power and multi-pin connectors) of the Power Supply module(s) into the chassis. Retaining tabs snap into place to secure the module.

4. Connect the appropriate AC power cord based on installation site to the IEC 320 AC power cord connector on the rear of the Power Supply module. Refer to Table 3.1 on page 3-2 for the appropriate power cord.

CAUTION Some module pins are sensitive to ESD! Use a grounding strap to prevent damage to the module by ESD.

Note Do not install an AC Power Supply module (P/N CHP-PS/AC1 or CHP-PS/AC1-Q) in a chassis that contains a DC Power Supply module (P/N CHP-PS/DC1 or CHP-PS/DC1-Q). The 3.3VDC outputs will not current share and false alarms may be generated.


Note The Power Supply module(s) must be installed before the CMM or SMM module is installed.

Note While a single power supply will operate in either the upper or lower bay, the craft terminal identifies the upper bay as slot 11 and the lower as slot 12.

Note The CHP-PS/AC1 or CHP-PS/AC1-Q AC input power supply includes a power cord for 115VAC United States installations.


Installing an Application ModuleModules currently available are listed in Table 3.5.

➤ To install an application module

1. Refer to the system/headend map for the slot location of the application modules.

2. Gently insert each module into a slot in the front of the chassis. Be careful to align the plastic guide rail on the top of the module with the metal guides on the top of the chassis.

3. Carefully slide the application module into the chassis until it is fully seated in the backplane. The latch on the front panel locks when the module is fully seated.

4. Secure the module to the chassis with the supplied lock washer and nut (6 to 20 in-lb.) over the F-connector.

5. Repeat Steps 2 through 4 to install the remaining modules in the chassis.

6. Install a blank panel (P/N CHP-BLANK) into each empty slot at the front of the chassis.

7. Refer to Table 3.5 to configure the corresponding modules.

CAUTION: Some components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD)! Use a grounding strap to prevent damage to electronic components by ESD. Do not touch any components not specifically referred to in these instructions.

CAUTION: Refer to the ARRIS Fiber Care and Cleaning Guide, P/N 1506507, for important guidelines to follow when installing fiber optic cable.

Note: Modules can be installed and removed with the chassis powered (hot-swapped).

Note: When a module is installed in a powered chassis, the Status alarm LED on the front panel may light if signal cables have not been connected to the unit.

Table 3.5 Module Configuration Reference

Module Section

CMM, SMM or SMM-2 Configuring CMM or SMM on page 5-9

SMM-2 SMM-2 Configuration on page 6-11

Dual-input Fixed Output Forward Transmitter Configuring the Transmitter on page 7-8

Dual-input Variable Output Forward Transmitter Configuring the Transmitter on page 8-8

1GHz Dual-input Forward Transmitter Configuring the GFX(V) on page 10-10

Single Channel Return Receiver Configuring the 1RRX on page 11-7

Redundant Dual Channel Return Receiver Configuring the R2RRFF on page 12-10


Installing the CMM or SMM Module


1. Gently insert the CMM or SMM into the slot just to the left of the power supply module(s). Be careful to align the top of the module’s circuit board with the metal guides on the top of the chassis.


Each SMM is shipped with the following default addresses. Refer to the section, To set SMM addresses on page 5-10 to change any of these addresses.

Fiber Protection Kit Installation

The optional fiber protection kit (P/N CHP-FFTRAY) consists of the fiber management tray (P/N 862552) and the fiber shield (P/N 862553).

➤ To install the fiber protection kit

1. Position the fiber management tray (P/N 862552) with the “fingers” of the fiber management tray at the top. Align the two plastic studs on each side of the fiber management tray with the slots at the bottom of each handle and gently push the fiber management tray into the slots.

2. The fiber shield (P/N 862553) should be installed after all the application modules are installed and all the fiber optic cables have been connected and routed through the fiber management tray. This shield is installed by placing the tab on one side of the shield into the rectangular hole in the chassis and then positioning the other tab on the shield into the rectangular hole. Refer to Figure 3.1 on page 3-2.

Note Ensure that the desired Power Supply configuration is installed before installing the CMM or SMM. The Power Supply module(s) is located behind the CMM or SMM module.



netmask 255.255.255.0

gateway 192.168.1.1

Note The fiber management tray can be installed now or after all the application modules are installed. It may be easier to install the application modules without the fiber management tray installed.


Maintenance

Chassis installation is covered in CHP Chassis Installation on page 3-10. The following sections discuss installation or replacement of user-serviceable chassis components.

Chassis FansA chassis equipped with a CMM, CMM-1, SMM, SMM-1 or SMM-2 module detects when any of the eight fans located at the rear of the chassis have failed. The fans can be serviced without interrupting customer service. Vacuuming or cleaning the fans with compressed air when dirty will increase air flow and improve cooling. A single inoperable fan is most likely caused by a failure of that fan’s motor. Failure of all fans to operate is most likely caused by the absence of 12VDC power to the chassis backplane.

If you have purchased a chassis (CHP-CHASSIS-R-19) with eight single-speed fans and want to upgrade to the quieter dual-speed fans, an upgrade kit (CHP-QFANKIT) containing eight dual-speed fans (P/N CHP-QFANKIT) is available. Perform the following procedure to either replace fan(s) or upgrade to the dual-speed fans.

➤ To replace the chassis fans

1. Disconnect the inoperative fan’s 12VDC power connector from the rear of the chassis. Refer to Figure 3.6.

2. Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four Phillips fan mounting screws that secure the fan housing to the chassis and then remove the fan assembly.

3. Position either the replacement single-speed fan assembly (P/N 0625734-1) or the dual-speed fan assembly (P/N CHP-QFANKIT) with the arrow on the fan, indicating the direction of air flow, pointing away from the chassis and with the power connector at the top.

4. Align the four mounting holes in the fan assembly with the mounting holes in the chassis and partially tighten the four Phillips mounting screws to secure the fan to the chassis.

5. Gradually tighten the four Phillips mounting screws until all screws are torqued between 6 and 8 in-lbs.

6. Connect the fan power connector to the connector on the rear of the chassis. The connector is keyed so that it can only be inserted in the proper orientation.

Note If you are replacing the eight single speed fans with dual-speed chassis fans (P/N CHP-QFANKIT), alarms will be generated since the low speed current is below the 150mA major and minor low alarm threshold for single speed fans. Set the major low threshold to 60mA and the minor low threshold to 70mA for dual-speed chassis fans.

CAUTION To maintain proper cooling within the CHP chassis, replace only one fan at a time.


7. Position the wires of the power connector between the top of the fan and chassis, and then carefully push the wires toward the front of the chassis and position the power connector as shown in Figure 3.6.

8. Observe proper fan operation with air blowing out the rear of the chassis.

9. Repeat Steps 1 through 8 for each of the remaining seven fans, one at a time.

10. The minor low and major low chassis fan current threshold levels need to be adjusted to the level of the dual-speed fans (CHP-CHASSIS-R-19Q) to avoid generating alarms when the fan(s) operates at the lower speed. Refer to Setting Major and Minor Alarm Threshold Limits on page 3-21 to adjust these threshold levels.

Figure 3.6

Chassis Fan Replacement

CORView Lite Element Manager Software FunctionsAfter launching CORView Lite Element Manager Software, select the CHP chassis containing the SMM-2 in the Device Tree View panel of CORView Lite. Then, right click on the SMM-2 in the graphic display of the chassis to display a menu of the following SMM-2 CORView Lite functions.

■ Configuration > Module Properties – Selecting this function displays the SMM-2 Module Properties Window (refer to Figure 3.7), which provides a variety of information regarding the SMM-2.

■ Configuration > Status and Control – Selecting this function displays the SMM-2 Status and Control Window (refer to Figure 3.8), which provides a variety of information regarding the status and control parameters.

CAUTION Use extreme care to avoid pinching or damaging wires.

Disconnect Power Connector

Fan MountingScrews


■ Configuration > Reset to Factory Defaults – Selecting this function sets all user-selectable options to their factory defaults.

■ Configuration > Reboot Module – Selecting this function causes the SMM-2 to reboot.

■ Faults > Alarm Configuration – Selecting this function displays the SMM-2 Alarm Configuration Window (refer to Figure 3.9), which provides a a variety of information regarding the alarm parameters including alarm thresholds.

■ Faults > Active Alarms – Selecting this function displays a list of the SMM-2’s current alarms.

■ Reset Configuration – Select this function only after replacing the SMM-2 with a different type of module. Do not select this function if you are replacing the SMM-2 with a different SMM-2.

Figure 3.7

SMM-2 Module Properties Window

CAUTION Rebooting a card is a service-affecting operation.


Figure 3.8

SMM-2 Status and Control Window

Figure 3.9

SMM-2 Alarm Configuration Window

Craft Management Software FunctionsThe CHP Max Craft Management Software provides local access to the CHP Max5000 chassis using either a serial or USB (cable P/N CHP-RS232-USB) interface between a computer and the Craft Interface connector on the front of the CMM or SMM. In addition to this local access, the Craft software also provides remote access using a cross-over Ethernet cable between a computer’s Ethernet connector and the Ethernet connector on the rear of the chassis. This Craft software allows you to monitor and control all parameters available using the front panel controls in addition to many additional parameters not available via the front panel. If the Craft Management Software is not installed on a computer that will be used to monitor


the CHP modules, refer to Installation of CHP Max5000 Craft Management Software on page 5-6 for instructions on installing this software. For instructions on configuring for local access to the CHP, refer to the section To configure CHP for local access via Craft software on page 7-14. For instructions on configuring for remote access to the CHP, refer to the section To configure CHP for remote access via Craft software on page 7-15.

After launching the CHP Max Craft Management Software, click on the Disconnected button or click Communication > Connect and then double-click on any of the eight fans on the rear of the chassis. The Status and Setting window of the chassis fan bay is displayed in Figure 3.10.

Figure 3.10

Chassis Fan Bay Status and Settings Management Window

Disconnected


Control Function


Window resulting from right clicking on Fan 1 current through Fan 8


Figure 3.11

Chassis Fan Bay Module Identity Tab Display

Fan 1-8 Current Displays the 12VDC current of each of the eight chassis fans in mA.

Configure Sets major low, minor low, minor high, and major high alarm limits of all eight fan currents. Changing the alarm limit of one fan will change the alarm limits of the other seven fans to the same alarm limit.


Show history Displays a graph of the output current vs. time.

Save history Saves output current data points vs. time to an Excel file format.

Module Identity tab


Alarms tab



Control Function


Figure 3.12

Chassis Fan Bay Alarm Tab Display


Figure 3.13


Major High

Minor High

Minor Low

Major Low

Threshold

No Alarm (green)

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)

Alarm

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)




1. Connect the serial cable between the CMM’s (or SMM’s) DB-9 Craft interface and the computer containing the Craft Management Software.

2. Launch the CHP Max Craft Management Software application. The Main screen opens automatically after the program is launched.

3. Check to ensure that the proper COM port is selected in the Communication menu. Select an alternate port if necessary.

4. Click the Disconnected button or click Communication > Connect on the Craft terminal to initiate communications with the chassis. The interface indicates connection status.

5. The Installed Modules window opens and indicates the communication status with color-coded arrows.

6. Double-click the Fan module identifier in the module inventory or double-click on any of the eight fans on the rear of the chassis in the image map to open that Fan Bay’s management window.

7. Right click on any of the eight Fan current meters and select Configure from the shortcut menu. Refer to Figure 3.14.


Parameter Major Low

Minor Low

Nominal

Minor High

Major High

Shutdown Threshold

Deadband

Fan 1 through 8 Current CHP-CHASSIS-R-19 (mA)

150 150 215 450 450 N/A 1

Fan 1 through 8 Current CHP-CHASSIS-R-19Q and CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U (mA)

59 61 85 448 450 N/A 1

Note If your computer does not have 9-pin female (DB-9F) serial connector, use cable (P/N CHP-RS232-USB) that has a DB-9F connector that plugs into the Craft Interface connector on either the CMM or SMM and the other end of the cable has a USB-A male connector.

Disconnected

Note The alarm thresholds for Fan 1 current through Fan 8 current are not independent. Changing the alarm threshold value on any of the fan meters will automatically update the alarm thresholds on the other seven fan meters.



Figure 3.14

Chassis Fan Alarm Threshold Limits


The Backplane Ethernet Switch (P/N CHP-BP-ETH-SW), (refer to Figure 3.15) must be used for applications that include the D2RRX Dual-Density Digital 1:2 Demultiplexed Return Path Receiver,

Also, the Backplane Ethernet Switch should be used for ePON OLT applications where high-speed applications are required with CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U.

The Backplane Ethernet Switch is a 10/100BaseT 2-Port Ethernet switch that provides a 100-Mbps management backplane for ePON modules and eliminates an external data cable connection. It supports a Fast Ethernet switch option for the management backplane as a built-in accessory.


Figure 3.15



Rev D

C H A P T E R 4

CHP MAX AC POWER SUPPLYThe following table lists the minimum revision level to enable all features of this module to work properly. If you are installing a module and have a later revision, all functions are compatible unless stated otherwise in the release notes. On occasion, a function may be removed.

This chapter provides physical and functional descriptions of the CHP Max AC Power Supply module.


Connectors—page 4-3


Installing/Removing the Power Supply Module—page 4-5

AC Power Supply Specifications—page 4-17


The CHP Max AC power supply (P/N CHP-PS/AC1) can no longer be purchased; it has been replaced by the P/N CHP-PS/AC1-Q power supply with identical specification but uses a dual-speed fan to allow operation at a reduced noise level and P/N CHP-PS/AC1-SW high wattage power supply. The low noise power supply operates in the low speed mode when the ambient temperature surrounding the power supply is less than 31°C and operates in the high speed mode when the ambient temperature is above 31°C. To achieve full noise reduction, the chassis with eight quieter dual-speed fans (CHP-CHASSIS-19Q) must also be used. The CHP Max AC power supplies (P/N CHP-PS/AC1-Q and CHP-PS/AC1-SW) are efficient, switched-mode modules that accepts AC input from 85 to 264VAC. This hot-swappable module produces 246 watts (P/N CHP-PS/AC1-Q) or 475 watts (P/N CHP-PS/AC1-SW) to provide the DC power required to operate one fully-loaded chassis of application modules.

Module P/N Craft Management S/W Rev

SMM F/W Rev CMM F/W Rev

CHP-PS/AC1 5.0.4 1.1.0.0 3.002

CHP-PS/AC1-Q 5.0.27 1.6.0.0 3.006

CHP-PS/AC1-Q-NP 5.0.27 1.6.0.0 3.006

CHP-PS/AC1-SW N/A 4.0.0.0 4.033

CHP Max AC Power Supply 4-1

The CHP Max AC power supply (P/N CHP-PS/AC1-Q-NP) is intended for international customers who cannot use the US standard power cord. No power cord is included and the customer must order the appropriate power cord separately (refer to Table 4.1 on page 4-2).

Although each chassis requires only one power supply, the CHP chassis accepts two power supplies. Isolated outputs allow the primary and redundant supplies to operate in a power-sharing configuration. Should the primary power source fail, a second power supply provides all necessary DC power.

Figure 4.1

AC Power Supply

The module converts the AC input into four DC voltages: +12.0VDC, +5.0VDC, +3.5VDC, and –5.0VDC. These voltages pass through the DC output connector on the rear of the power supply to the chassis backplane, which routes them to the installed application modules.

Integrated management circuitry provides digital representations of internal temperature, power supply output voltages, and fan current for status monitoring. Management signals enter and exit through the multi-pin connector on each power supply’s rear panel.

The CHP-PS/AC1-Q and CHP-PS/AC1-SW AC input power supplies include a power cord for 115VAC United States installations. Other available power cords are listed in the following table for installations in countries that do not use the 115VAC United States plug.

Table 4.1 AC Power Supply Power Cords

Description Part Number

Australia Power Cord, C13, 2.5 meters, 10 amp 110543

Continental Europe Power Cord, C13, 2.5 meters, 10 amp 110542

Switzerland Power Cord, C13, 2.5 meters, 10 amp 0465346-7

United States Power Cord, AC/IEC 8 foot, FEM 11 37121-1000


Connectors

Figure 4.2

CHP AC Power Supply Front and Rear Views

Table 4.2 Power Supply Connectors

Callout Description

AC Input Power Connector IEC 320-C14 power connector. Accepts AC input from 85 to 264VAC.

Fans Cooling fans. Two per power supply.

DC/Communication Connector

Multi-pin connector. Pins carry DC voltages and communication signals out of power supply and communication signals into the monitoring circuitry of the power supply.

Fan

AC In DC/Communication Connector

Front (no connection points or status indicators)

Rear

Fan

Rev D CHP Max AC Power Supply 4-3


Figure 4.3

AC Power Supply Block Diagram

IEC ConnectorA standard IEC connector accepts AC input.

FuseThis fuse limits the current used by the Power Supply module if a short circuit occurs inside the module and prevents the loss of AC power to other connected devices. The fuse is not user-serviceable.

Input FilterThe filter reduces electromagnetic interference conducted from within the Power Supply module to the AC input.

Power Factor Correction CircuitryThis circuit helps reduce input current consumption and improves (lowers) input harmonics.

Power Conversion CircuitryPower conversion circuitry produces the four isolated output voltages (+12.0 VDC @ 10A, +5.0 VDC @ 22A, +3.5 VDC @ 2.2A, and –5.0 VDC @ 1.8A) required by chassis modules.

Filters Each voltage from the power conversion circuity passes through an independent filter that reduces ripple noise near the switching frequency.


Isolation CircuitryThe output voltage from each filter is routed through a diode or steering Field Effect Transistor (FET) that allows the use of redundant Power Supply modules.

MicrocontrollerThe microcontroller monitors the voltages, fan current, and internal temperature and communicates that information to the management module through the chassis’ backplane.

Installing/Removing the Power Supply Module

➤ To install a Power Supply module

1. Press upward on the latch release of the CMM or SMM module on the far right side and then slide this module out the front of the chassis.



4. Slide the CMM or SMM removed in Step 1 into the chassis.

5. Connect the appropriate AC power cord based on installation site to the IEC 320 AC power cord connector on the rear of the Power Supply module. Refer to Table 4.1 on page 4-2 for the appropriate power cord.

➤ To remove a Power Supply module

1. Disconnect the power cord from the rear of the Power Supply module.

2. Press upward on the latch release of the CMM or SMM module installed on the far right side and then slide this module out the front of the chassis.

Note The 3.5VDC outputs do not have active current sharing circuitry.


Note While a single power supply will operate in either the upper or lower bay, the Craft terminal identifies the upper bay as slot 11and the lower as slot 12.

Note The CHP-PS/AC1-Q AC input power supply includes a power cord for 115VAC United States installations.

Note A service interruption will occur during the following procedure unless two Power Supply modules are installed.


3. Push the Power Supply module retaining tab to the right and slide the module out the front of the chassis.


After launching the CHP Max Craft Management Software, click on the Disconnected button or click Communication > Connect and then double-click on the AC power supply module you want to monitor. The Status and Setting window of the AC power supply module is displayed in Figure 4.4.

Figure 4.4

AC Power Supply Status and Settings Management Window

Disconnected


Control Function

Internal Temperature

Configure Sets major low, minor low, minor high, and major high alarm limits.

Window resulting from right clicking on +12 VDC, +5 VDC, Fan 1 current, +3.3 VDC, –5 VDC, or Fan 2 currentWindow resulting from right

clicking on Internal


Show info Lists the four alarm thresholds, temperature units (°C or °F), and graphical display configuration information.

Show history Displays a graph of temperature vs. time.

°C or °F Allows you to select the temperature units (°C or °F) to display.

Save history Saves temperature data points vs. time to an Excel file format.

Reset Resets the selected AC power supply module.

Restore Factory Settings Restores all parameters to the factory-shipped configuration.


+12 VDC Displays the 12VDC output voltage.



Show history Displays a graph of the output voltage vs. time.

Save history Saves output voltage data points vs. time to an Excel file format.






+3.3 VDC Displays the 3.3VDC output voltage.





–5 VDC Displays the –5VDC output voltage.






Control Function


Fan 1 current Displays fan 1 current in mA.

Configure Sets major low, minor low, minor high, and major high alarm limits of fan 1 and 2 currents.


Show history Displays a graph of fan 1 current (mA) vs. time.

Save history Saves fan 1 current data points vs. time to an Excel file format.






Module Identity tab


Alarms tab



Control Function


Figure 4.5

AC Power Supply Module Identity Tab Display

Figure 4.6

AC Power Supply Alarm Tab Display



Figure 4.7




Parameter Major Low

Minor Low

Nominal

Minor High

Major High

Deadband

+12 VDC Output 11.6 11.8 12.25 12.7 12.8 1

+5 VDC Output 4.7 4.9 5.25 5.6 5.7 1

+3.3 VDC Output 3.3 3.4 3.6 4.0 4.1 1

–5 VDC Output –5.6 –5.4 –5.1 –4.7 –4.5 1

Fan 1 and 2 Current

CHP-PS/AC1 (mA) 149 150 275 449 450 1

CHP-PS/AC1-Q (mA) 59 61 85 448 450 1

CHP-PS/AC1-Q-NP (mA) 59 61 85 448 450 1

Internal Temperature (°C) 0 15 43 80 85 1

Major High

Minor High

Minor Low

Major Low

Threshold

No Alarm (green)

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)

Alarm

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)




2. Double-click the PS module identifier in the module inventory or double-click on the desired power supply module in the image map to open that module’s management window.

3. Right click on the Internal Temperature meter and select Configure from the shortcut menu. Refer to Figure 4.8.


5. Right click on the +12 VDC meter and select Configure from the shortcut menu. Refer to Figure 4.8 on page 4-11.


7. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 to the +5 VDC, +3.3 VDC, and –5 VDC meters if you want to adjust these alarm threshold values.

Figure 4.8

Internal Temperature and +12VDC Threshold Limits

+12VDC Alarm Threshold SettingsInternal Temperature Alarm Threshold Settings


8. Right click on either the Fan 1 current or Fan 2 current meter and select Configure from the shortcut menu. Refer to Figure 4.9.


Figure 4.9

Fan 1 Current and Fan2 Current Threshold Limits

Updating AC Power Supply Module Microcontroller FirmwareUpdate the AC power supply firmware through the CHP Max Craft Management Software using either of the following two methods.

Method 1

➤ To update AC power supply microcontroller firmware

1. Obtain the appropriate firmware file through ARRIS technical support or your sales representative. Use the firmware file listed in Table 4.5 to update the firmware in a module.

Note The alarm thresholds for Fan 1 current and Fan 2 current are not independent. Changing the alarm threshold value on either of the fan meters will automatically update the alarm threshold on the other fan meter.

Table 4.5 CHP AC Power Supply Firmware Hex Files

Firmware Hex File

PSAC.hex


2. Ensure that the power supply module requiring the firmware download is powered up.

3. Start the Craft Management Software GUI.

4. If either an SMM or CMM module is installed in the chassis with the module requiring the firmware download, go to Step 9.

5. Double-click the CMM-1 or SMM-1 module identifier in the module inventory on the left side or double-click on the CMM-1 or SMM-1 module in the chassis image map to open the management window.

6. Verify that the firmware version running on the SMM-1 or CMM-1 is 5.004 or later. If necessary, refer to Updating the CHP-CMM Microcontroller Firmware on page 5-28 to download the updated firmware into the SMM-1 or CMM-1.

7. If the On radio button in the Autoconfig window is selected, click the Off radio button in the Autoconfig window to disable the auto-configuration mode.

8. Shut down the CHP GUI and then restart the CHP GUI.

9. In the CHP GUI, select Tools > Firmware Download to update or change a selected module’s firmware.

Figure 4.10

Firmware Download Method 1

10. Double-click the module that is to receive the firmware update.

Note If either an SMM-1 or CMM-1 is installed in the chassis with the power supply module requiring the firmware download, Craft Management Software GUI version 7.0.22 or later must be used.

Note Shutting down and restarting the CHP GUI forces the firmware download to start loading from the beginning of the first firmware file in the module.


Figure 4.11

Module Selection

11. Navigate through the Open dialog box to where the firmware file (.hex extension) for the AC power supply module is located.

12. Select the appropriate file from Table 4.5 on page 4-12 and click Open to initiate the download. Click OK to confirm that you want to start downloading the firmware.

13. If either an SMM-1 or CMM-1 module is installed in the chassis, after the firmware is downloaded into the required module(s) click the On radio button in the Autoconfig window to enable the auto-configuration mode.

Method 2

➤ To update AC power supply microcontroller firmware

1. Obtain the appropriate firmware file through ARRIS technical support or your sales representative. Use firmware file listed in Table 4.5 on page 4-12 to update the firmware in a module.


Note Do not abort downloading the firmware files. If the file download process is abnormally terminated, you will need to restart the download process. To do this, close the GUI and start over using the first firmware file in Table 4.5 on page 4-12.

Note If you encounter a problem starting to download the firmware, ensure that the CMM-1 or SMM-1 module is fully inserted into the chassis. If the problem still exists, replace the CMM-1 or SMM-1 with a spare module to verify if the originally installed CMM-1 or SMM-1 is working properly.


New firmware is downloaded to the highlighted module. The number within the parenthesis represents the slot location of








9. Right-click on the desired module in the module inventory frame, and select Firmware Download from the shortcut menu.

Figure 4.12


10. Navigate through the Open dialog box to where the firmware file (.hex extension) for the AC power supply module is located.



11. Select the appropriate file from Table 4.5 on page 4-12 and click Open to initiate the download. Click OK to confirm that you want to start downloading the firmware.


Note Do not abort downloading the firmware files. If the file download process is abnormally terminated, you will need to restart the download process. To do this, close the GUI and start over using the firmware file in Table 4.5 on page 4-12.

Note If you encounter a problem downloading the firmware, ensure that the CMM-1 or SMM-1 module is fully inserted into the chassis. If the problem still exists, replace the CMM-1 or SMM-1 with a spare module to verify if the originally installed CMM-1 or SMM-1 is working properly.


AC Power Supply Specifications

Table 4.6 CHP AC Power Supply Specifications


Electrical CHP-PS/AC1-Q CHP-PS/AC1-SW

Input Voltage (47 to 63 Hz) 85 to 264 VAC 85 to 264 VAC

Input Current Limit, max., continuous, RMS

6.0A 9.0A

Inrush Current Limit, max., peak 30A 40A

Input Transient(IEEE C62.41-1991 Category B 1.2, 50μs)

4kV/0.13kA 4kV/0.13kA

Power Consumption, max. 250W 475W

AC Input Inlet Connector IEC 320-C14 (mates with IEC 320-C13 power cord)

IEC 320-C14 (mates with IEC 320-C13 power cord)

Output Voltages and Current 12.0 (+0.35/–0.0)VDC @ 10A5.0 (+0.2/–0.05)VDC @ 22 A–5.0 (+0.05/–0.2)VDC @ 1.8 A3.5 (±0.1)VDC @ 2.2 A

12.0 (+0.35/–0.0)VDC @ 2.3 to 24A5.0 (+0.2/–0.05)VDC @ 31 A–5.0 (+0.05/–0.2)VDC @ 2 A3.5 (±0.1)VDC @ 5A

Output Noise Ripple, RMS (at 300 kHz, 10 μF capacitor in shunt with 0.1 μF)

25mV @ 12.0V output25mV @ 5.0V output20mV @ –5.0V output20mV @ 3.5V output


Efficiency, min. 68% 68%

Power Factor 0.9 0.9

Status Interface CHP-PS/AC1-Q CHP-PS/AC1-SW

Functions Monitored All DC Voltages, Internal Temperature, Fan Currents

All DC Voltages, Internal Temperature, Fan Currents

Mechanical CHP-PS/AC1-Q CHP-PS/AC1-SW

External Dimensions (W x H x D) 3.9 x 1.57 x 14.46in (9.91 x 3.99 x 36.73 cm)

3.9 x 1.57 x 14.46in (9.91 x 3.99 x 36.73 cm)

Weight 2.75lb (1.2kg) 2.75lb (1.2kg)

Environmental CHP-PS/AC1-Q CHP-PS/AC1-SW

Operational Temperature Range 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C)

Storage Temperature Range –40 to 158°F (–40 to 70°C) –40 to 158°F (–40 to 70°C)

Humidity, max., noncondensing 95% 95%

Specifications subject to change without notice



Rev D

C H A P T E R 5

CHP MAX DC POWER SUPPLYThe following table lists the minimum revision level to enable all features of this module to work properly. If you are installing a module and have a later revision, all functions are compatible unless stated otherwise in the release notes. On occasion, a function may be removed.

This chapter provides physical and functional descriptions of the CHP Max DC Power Supply module.

Equipment Description—page 5-2Connectors—page 5-3Functional Description —page 5-4Installing/Removing the Power Supply Module—page 5-5DC Power Supply Specifications—page 5-18

Module P/N Craft Management S/W Rev

SMM F/W Rev CMM F/W Rev

CHP-PS/DC1 5.0.4 1.1.0.0 3.002

CHP-PS/DC1-Q 5.0.27 1.6.0.0 3.006

CHP-PS/DC1-SW N/A 4.0.0.0 4.033

CHP Max DC Power Supply 5-1


Figure 5.1

DC Power Supply

The CHP Max DC power supply (P/N CHP-PS/DC1) can no longer be purchased; it has been replaced by the P/N CHP-PS/DC1-Q power supply with identical specification but using a dual-speed fan to allow operation at a reduced noise level and P/N CHP-PS/DC1-SW high wattage power supply.

The low noise power supply operates in the low speed mode when the ambient temperature surrounding the power supply is less than 31°C and operates in the high speed mode when the ambient temperature is above 31°C. To achieve full noise reduction, the chassis with eight quieter dual-speed fans (CHP-CHASSIS-19Q) must also be used.

The CHP Max DC power supplies (P/N CHP-PS/DC1-Q and P/N CHP-PS/DC1-SW), are efficient, switched-mode modules that accept DC input from –72 to –36VDC. This hot-swappable module produces 250 and 475 watts respectively to provide the DC power required to operate one fully-loaded chassis of application modules.

All application module configurations can operate properly with one CHP-PS/DC1, CHP-PS/DC1-Q, or CHP-PS/DC1-SW module installed. Two power supply modules can be installed to provide load sharing and redundancy. Isolated outputs allow the primary and redundant supplies to operate in a power-sharing configuration. Should the primary power source fail, a second power supply provides all necessary DC power. The power supply module(s) is located on the far right side of the chassis behind the Craft Management module (CMM) or system management module (SMM).

This module converts the –48VDC input into four DC voltages: +12.0VDC, +5.0VDC, +3.5VDC, and –5.0VDC, which are isolated from the –48-volt bus. These voltages pass through the DC output connector on the rear of the power supply to the chassis backplane, which routes them to installed application modules.

+12.0 VDC +5.0 VDC +3.5 VDC –5.0 VDC

CHP-PS/DC1-Q 10 Amps 22 Amps 2.2 Amps 1.8 Amps

CHP-PS/DC1-SW 24 Amps 31 Amps 5 Amps 2 Amps


Integrated management circuitry provides digital representations of internal temperature, input voltage, power supply output voltages, and fan current for status monitoring. Management signals enter and exit through the multi-pin connector on each power supply’s rear panel.

Each CHP DC input power supply includes a power connector for the –48VDC input.

Detailed specifications for the power supplies are on page 5-18.

Connectors

Figure 5.2

CHP DC Power Supply Module Front and Rear Views

Fan

DC Input Connector DC/Communication Connector

Front View (no connection points or status indicators)

Rear View

Fan

Rev D CHP Max DC Power Supply 5-3


Figure 5.3

DC Power Supply Block Diagram

DC Input ConnectorA 3-pin connector that accepts the negative DC input, return, and ground.

FuseThis fuse limits the current used by the Power Supply module if a short circuit occurs inside the module and prevents the loss of DC power to other connected devices. The fuse is not user-serviceable.

FilterThe filter reduces electromagnetic interference conducted from within the Power Supply module to the DC input.

Table 5.1 Power Supply Connectors

Callout Description

DC Input Connector Accepts DC input from –36 to –72VDC. Mates with a provided power plug connector (P/N MT0401).

Fans Cooling fans. Two per power supply.


Multi-pin connector. Pins carry DC voltages and communication signals out of power supply and communication signals into the monitoring circuitry of the power supply.


Power Conversion CircuitryPower conversion circuitry produces the four isolated output voltages with the maximum load current as specified in the following table.

FiltersEach voltage from the power conversion circuity passes through an independent filter that reduces ripple noise near the switching frequency.

Isolation CircuitryThe output voltage from each filter is routed through a diode or steering FET that allows the use of redundant Power Supply modules.

MicrocontrollerThe microcontroller monitors the voltages, fan current, and internal temperature and communicates that information to the management module through the chassis’ backplane.

Installing/Removing the Power Supply Module

➤ To install a Power Supply module

1. Press upward on the latch release of the CMM or SMM module on the far right side and then slide this module out the front of the chassis.



4. Slide the CMM or SMM removed in Step 1 into the chassis.

Table 5.2 DC Power Supply Output Currents

+12.0 VDC +5.0 VDC +3.5 VDC –5.0 VDC

CHP-PS/DC1-Q 10 Amps 22 Amps 2.2 Amps 1.8 Amps

CHP-PS/DC1-SW 24 Amps 31 Amps 5 Amps 2 Amps

Note The 3.5VDC outputs do not have active current sharing circuitry.


Note While a single power supply will operate in either the upper or lower bay, the Craft terminal identifies the upper bay as slot 11 and the lower as slot 12.


5. If required, remove 1/4 inch of insulation from each wire and connect the –48VDC, return, and ground wires to the provided power plug connector (P/N MT0401) power plug as shown in Figure 5.4 on page 5-6. Secure each wire to the power plug connector by tightening the terminal screws using a small flat-blade screwdriver.

6. Connect the power plug connector to the DC input connector on the rear of the power supply.

Figure 5.4

Power Plug Connections

➤ To remove a Power Supply module

1. Disconnect the power plug from the rear of the Power Supply module.

2. Press upward on the latch release of the CMM or SMM module installed on the far right side and then slide this module out the front of the chassis.

3. Push the Power Supply module’s retaining tab to the right and slide the Power Supply module out the front of the chassis.


After launching the CHP Max Craft Management Software, click on the Disconnected button or click Communication > Connect and then double-click on the DC power supply module you want to monitor. The Status and Setting window of the DC power supply module is displayed in Figure 5.5.

Note A service interruption will occur during the following procedure unless two Power Supply modules are installed.

–48VDC Input Ground Return

Terminal Screws

View of Wire Insertion Locations on Power Plug Connector (P/N MT0401)

Disconnected


Figure 5.5

DC Power Supply Status and Settings Management Window


Control Function







Reset Resets the selected DC power supply module.

Window resulting from right clicking on +12 VDC, +5 VDC, Fan 1 current,

+3.3 VDC, –5 VDC, Fan 2 current, or DC Window resulting from right































Control Function


Figure 5.6

DC Power Supply Module Identity Tab Display






Module Identity tab


Alarms tab



Control Function


Figure 5.7

DC Power Supply Alarm Tab Display


Figure 5.8


Major High

Minor High

Minor Low

Major Low

Threshold

No Alarm (green)

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)

Alarm

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)





2. Double-click the PS module identifier in the module inventory or double-click on the desired power supply module in the image map to open that module’s management window.





7. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 to the +5 VDC, +3.3 VDC, and –5 VDC meters if you want to adjust these alarm threshold values.


Parameter Major Low

Minor Low

Nominal

Minor High

Major High

Shutdown Threshold

Deadband

+12 VDC Output 11.6 11.8 12.25 12.7 12.8 13.5 1

+5 VDC Output 4.7 4.9 5.25 5.6 5.7 6.7 1

+3.3 VDC Output 3.3 3.4 3.6 4.0 4.1 5.2 1

–5 VDC Output –5.6 –5.4 –5.1 –4.7 –4.5 –6.25 1

Fan 1 and 2 Current CHP-PS/DC1 (mA)

149 150 275 449 450 N/A 1

Fan 1 and 2 Current CHP-PS/DC1-Q (mA)

59 61 85 448 450 N/A 1

Internal Temperature (°C)

0 15 43 80 85 100 1


Figure 5.9


8. Right click on either the Fan 1 current or Fan 2 current meter and select Configure from the shortcut menu. Refer to Figure 5.10.


Note The alarm thresholds for Fan 1 current and Fan 2 current are not independent. Changing the alarm threshold value on either of the fan meters will automatically update the alarm threshold on the other fan meter.



Figure 5.10

Fan 1 Current and Fan2 Current Threshold Limits

Updating DC Power Supply Module Microcontroller FirmwareUpdate the DC power supply firmware through the CHP Max Craft Management Software using either of the following two methods.

Method 1

➤ To update DC power supply microcontroller firmware

1. Obtain the appropriate firmware file through ARRIS technical support or your sales representative. Use firmware file listed in Table 5.5.




Table 5.5 CHP DC Power Supply Firmware Hex Files

Firmware Hex File Name

PSDC.hex







9. In the CHP GUI, select Tools > Firmware Download to update or change a selected module’s firmware.

Figure 5.11





Figure 5.12

Module Selection

11. Navigate through the Open dialog box to where the firmware file (.hex extension) for the DC power supply module is located.

12. Select the firmware file of the appropriate model listed in Table 5.5 on page 5-13 and click Open to initiate the download. Click OK to confirm that you want to start downloading the firmware.


Method 2

➤ To update DC power supply microcontroller firmware

1. Obtain the appropriate firmware file through ARRIS technical support or your sales representative. Use firmware file listed in Table 5.5 on page 5-13 for the appropriate module.

Note Do not abort downloading the firmware files. If the file download process is abnormally terminated, you will need to restart the download process. To do this, close the GUI and start over using the appropriate firmware file in Table 5.5 on page 5-13.


New firmware is downloaded to the highlighted module. The number within the parenthesis represents the slot location of









9. Right-click on the desired module in the module inventory frame, and select Firmware Download from the shortcut menu.




Figure 5.13


10. Navigate through the Open dialog box to where the firmware file (.hex extension) for the DC power supply module is located.

11. Select the firmware file of the appropriate model listed in Table 5.5 on page 5-13 to download and click Open to initiate the download. Click OK to confirm that you want to start downloading the firmware.


Note Do not abort downloading the firmware files. If the file download process is abnormally terminated, you will need to restart the download process. To do this, close the GUI and start over using the appropriate firmware file in Table 5.5 on page 5-13.



DC Power Supply Specifications

Table 5.6 CHP DC Power Supply Specifications


Powering Specifications CHP-PS/DC1-Q CHP-PS/DC1-SW

Input Voltage –72 to –36VDC –72 to –36VDC

Input Current Limit, max. 12.0A @ 36VDC 15.0A @ 36VDC

Inrush Current Limit, max. 40A (Note 1) 40A (Note 2)

Power Consumption, max. 250W 475 W

Input Connector 3-pin male conn., mates with power plug (P/N MT0401)

3-pin male conn., mates with power plug (P/N MT0401)

Output Voltages and Current 12.0VDC +0.35/–0.0VDC, 10A5.0VDC +0.2/–0.05VDC, 22A–5.0VDC +0.05/–0.2VDC, 1.8A3.5VDC ± 0.1VDC, 2.2A

12.0VDC +0.35/–0.0VDC, 24A5.0VDC +0.2/–0.05VDC, 31A–5.0VDC +0.15/–0.2VDC, 2A3.5VDC ± 0.1VDC, 5A

Output Noise Ripple, RMS (at 300 kHz, 10 μF capacitor in shunt with 0.1 μF)



Output Noise Switching Spikes, peak to peak



Efficiency, min. (Note 3) 65% 85%

Status Interface CHP-PS/DC1-Q CHP-PS/DC1-SW

Functions Monitored Input and all DC voltages, internal temperature, fan currents

Input and all DC voltages, internal temperature, fan currents

Mechanical Specifications CHP-PS/DC1-Q CHP-PS/DC1-SW

External Dimensions (W x H x D) in (cm) 3.9 x 1.57 x 14.46in (9.91 x 3.99 x 36.73cm) 3.9 x 1.57 x 14.46in (9.91 x 3.99 x 36.73cm)

Weight 2.75lbs (1.24kg) 2.75lbs (1.24kg)

Environmental Specifications CHP-PS/DC1-Q CHP-PS/DC1-SW

Operational Temperature Range 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C)

Storage Temperature Range –40 to 158°F (–40 to 70°C) –40 to 158°F (–40 to 70°C)

Humidity, noncondensing 10 to 95%, not to exceed 0.024lbs of water/lb of dry air

10 to 95%, not to exceed 0.024lbs of water/lb of dry air


Regulatory Requirements (Note 4)

EN 300 386 V1.4.1EN 55022, Class BEN 55024FCC CFR 47 Part 15 Class BICE S-003 Issue 4 Class BUL60950 2nd Ed/CSA C22.2 number IEC 60950 and EN 60950

Notes:1. Inrush current shall not trip a 15A mains external circuit breaker during a Hot Start condition. Hot Start occurs when a thermally stabilized power supply is

removed and immediately reinserted.2. Inrush current shall not trip a 20A mains external circuit breaker during a Hot Start condition. Hot Start occurs when a thermally stabilized power supply is

removed and immediately reinserted.3. When operating at 25°C over the input operating range with a full rated output load.4. All emissions tests must be passed in two configurations: two power supplies operating redundantly and a single power supply installed in a chassis

configured to provide maximum system load.

Table 5.6 CHP DC Power Supply Specifications (cont’d)




1508685 Rev D CHP Max Element Managem

C H A P T E R 6

CHP MAX ELEMENT MANAGEMENT MODULESCHP-CMM, CMM-1, SMM, AND SMM-1This chapter describes the CHP Max Craft Management Module (CMM) and System Management Module (SMM). To obtain the status, control operation, and set the alarm limits of the application modules in a CHP chassis, the chassis must have either a CMM (P/N CHP-CMM or CHP-CMM-1) or SMM (P/N CHP-SMM, or CHP-SMM-1) management module installed. While the CMM is used for local Craft Management of the chassis in which it is installed, the SMM may be connected with up to nine other CHP chassis, each containing a CMM module, to manage all chassis via a remote SNMP manager. In this chapter, CHP-CMM and CHP-CMM-1 will be referred to as CMM; CHP-SMM, and CHP-SMM-1 will be referred to as SMM except for items that are only specific to the CMM-1, or SMM-1.

Local Monitoring—page 6-2

Auto Config—page 6-2


Indicators and Connectors—page 6-6


CHP Max Craft Management Software—page 6-9

Installation of CHP Max Craft Management Software—page 6-10

CHP Max System Management Module—page 6-10

Installation/Replacement of the CMM or SMM—page 6-10

Management Modules Configuration—page 6-12

Resetting the Password—page 6-23

Updating the CHP-CMM Microcontroller Firmware—page 6-29

Updating the SMM, SMM-1 Firmware —page 6-34

MIBs—page 6-39

CHP SNMP Management—page 6-40

CHP Trap Information—page 6-43

SNMP Configuration and Operations—page 6-43

CMM/SMM Specifications—page 6-46

ent Modules CHP-CMM, CMM-1, SMM, and SMM-1 6-1

Local Monitoring

A computer with Craft Management Software is used to monitor a single CHP Max5000 chassis through a direct RS-232 connection to either the CMM or SMM controller module. The controller module sends management signals through the serial peripheral interface (SPI) bus on the chassis backplane to the other modules installed in the chassis, and status information from the modules travels back through the same route. The controller module then communicates with the computer running the Craft Management Software.

Auto Config

Auto Config (auto-configuration) refers to the management module in the shelf making changes to the configurable settings of an application module without user intervention. For example, when an application module in a shelf with an original CMM or SMM is replaced, any changes made to the default alarm thresholds, optical output power, RF attenuator, etc., would be lost. The original CMM (P/N CHP-CMM) and SMM (P/N CHP-SMM) modules do not support Auto Config on the 10 application module or the redundant power supplies in a shelf.

In August 2006, ARRIS released the Auto Config version of CMM (P/N CHP-CMM-1) and SMM (P/N CHP-SMM-1) modules. These new management modules contains a large flash memory to store the configurable parameters such as alarm thresholds, optical output power, RF attenuator, etc., based on slot location for each of the 10 application modules and power supply(s). This Auto Config feature allows you to replace an Auto Config supported module without cumbersome setup and the management module will automatically restore the configurable parameters of the previously installed module. In order to use the Auto Config feature, the following requirements must be met:

■ Auto Config management module (P/N CHP-CMM-1) must be installed

■ Auto Config for an individual shelf does not require the SMM-1 module

■ Do not attempt to install CMM-1 firmware onto a CMM module

■ Auto Config supported application modules listed in Table 6.1 must also be installed

Table 6.1 Auto Config Supported Application Modules

Application Module CMM-1 Firmware Revision*

SMM-2 Firmware Revision

CHP-2RRX-xx 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-C2-MWXx 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-C2-MWVx 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-FTX - 2.3.0.0

CHP-GAMP3 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GFX-D-xx-S/AF 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GFX-DXL-xx-S 4.000 2.3.0.0


Operation of Auto Config ModulesThe operation of the Auto Config modules consists of the following three phases (See Figure 6.1 on page 6-4):

■ Learning — Occurs immediately after CMM-1 boot up and determines the shelf baseline by querying every installed module for its configurable parameters. During this phase, the Status LED of the CMM-1 and the Status LED of the module installed in slot 1 will both blink to indicate the CMM-1 is obtaining the configurable parameters. Next, the CMM-1 will sequentially step from slot 2 through slot 10, followed by the power supplies (slots 11 and 12). The learning process is complete when the Status LEDs on all application modules and the CMM-1 are no longer blinking. This process results in the CMM configuration table stored in the new flash memory.

■ Monitoring — The steady state the CMM-1 enters when the shelf is operating at its baseline configuration and configuration parameters change infrequently or not at all. The application modules will be polled every 5 minutes.

■ Event Handling — State the CMM-1 enters when a module is removed or installed in the CHP shelf. If a replacement module is not installed within the 4 hour “age out time” period, the CMM will repeat the learning phase to establish a new baseline.

CHP-GFXV-1291-SCHP-GFXV-1331-S

4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GFXV-D-xx-S/AF 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GMOD-xxx-xx-xx 4.002 2.3.0.0

CHP-L2RR-S 4.032 2.3.0.0

CHP-MW0x-xxxx 4.017 2.3.0.0

CHP-MWVX-xxxx 5.004 2.3.0.0

CHP-MWXx-xxxx 5.004 2.3.0.0

CHP-OPTSWITCH - 2.3.0.0

CHP-R2RR-xx - 2.3.0.0

CHP-SWVx 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-SWXx 4.000 2.3.0.0

* For best performance, use version 5.013 or later.

Note The old module must be removed for a long enough period to discover that there has been a change before a new one is discovered.

Table 6.1 Auto Config Supported Application Modules (cont’d)

Application Module CMM-1 Firmware Revision*

SMM-2 Firmware Revision

1508685 Rev D CHP Max Element Management Modules CHP-CMM, CMM-1, SMM, and SMM-1 6-3

Figure 6.1

Auto-configuration States

Remote MonitoringThe CHP Max SMM (SNMP agent) enables monitoring and management of CHP Max equipment by communicating with an SNMP element manager with an appropriate configuration of IP addresses and management information bases (MIBs).

One SMM may be used to permit remote management of the chassis containing the SMM and up to nine additional chassis with a CMM installed in each. Management signals enter the SMM module through the Ethernet SNMP port on the chassis rear panel (see Figure 2.2


on page 2-5). The SMM directs the management signals to a module in its own chassis or to another connected chassis. The CMM module in that chassis directs the signals to the appropriate application module. Signals from the module travel back through the SPI, to the CMM, through the daisy chain to the SMM, which communicates with the remote management system. Refer to Figure 6.9 on page 6-16.


Figure 6.2

CHP Max Management Module (CMM shown)

The CHP Max CMM and SMM allow you to set up, monitor, and control the CHP Max application modules and power supply module(s). The CMM or SMM plugs into the CHP Max5000 chassis, auto-discovers installed application modules, and monitors those modules. Front panel LEDs indicate whether power supply, fan, and application modules are operating within user-set limits.

The CMM or SMM polls application and power supply modules co-located in that management module’s chassis for operating parameters and all modules for internal temperature and DC voltage alarms at fixed time intervals, reporting that information back to the user.

Note SMM or CMM firmware upgrades may be service-affecting under certain circumstances, so ARRIS strongly recommends performing upgrades in a service maintenance window.


Indicators and Connectors

Figure 6.3

CMM/SMM Front and Rear Panels

Front View

Rear View

LED Status Indicators

PS 2Fans

Lock/Local

Local Management

RS-232 Interface (DB-9F)

Status PS 1

DC/Communications Connector

Latch Release


Table 6.2 CMM and SMM/SMM-1 Connectors and Status Indicators

Connector/LED Description

Craft Terminal Interface RS-232 port, DB-9 connector. Connects to laptop computer with Craft Management Software installed. Note that connection to a CMM-1 is not allowed when the CMM-1 is daisy-chained to an SMM-2.


Multi-pin connector. Connects to chassis backplane. Carries DC power and communication signals into and out of the module.

Status LED Indicates the overall status of chassis, all other installed modules, backplane voltages, and internal temperature. Any minor or major alarms within any power supply or application module is also indicated.

■ Solid Green = All monitored functions within defined limits.■ Solid Yellow = One or more functions operating beyond minor

alarm threshold but has not exceeded the major threshold.■ Solid Red = One or more internal functions operating beyond a

major alarm threshold.■ Off = Not defined.■ Blinking (any color) = LED blinks during initialization and when a

user monitors the chassis using CMM with the Craft Management Software.

PS 1 & PS 2 LEDs Indicates the status of the power supply installed in slot PS 1 or PS 2 slot, respectively.

■ Solid Green = All internal functions operating within set limits.■ Solid Yellow = One or more internal functions operating beyond

a minor alarm threshold but has not exceeded the major threshold.

■ Solid Red = Power supply is not installed. Power supply not connected to AC or DC power. One or more internal functions operating beyond a major alarm threshold.

■ Off = No module installed.■ Blinking (any color) = LED blinks during initialization and when a

user monitors PS1 or PS2 with the Craft Management Software.

Fans LED Indicates whether fan currents are within set limits. ■ Solid Green = No alarms. All fan currents within defined limits.■ Solid Yellow = One fan has been removed or is operating

beyond either a major or minor alarm limit. Two or more fans are operating beyond a minor alarm limit.

■ Solid Red = Two or more fans have been removed or are operating beyond a major alarms threshold.

■ Blinking (any color) = LED blinks during initialization process and when a user is monitoring a fan with Craft Management Software.



Figure 6.4

CHP Max Local Management and Monitoring

Communication Signals

RS-232 between Craft Management Software and CMMThe Craft Management Software, installed on a computer connected to the CMMs Craft interface port, sends requests for information to the CMM. The CMM returns information received from application modules back through the RS-232 interface port for display on the Craft Management Software.

Lock/Local LED Indicates the status of user controls on chassis and modules, as well as the state of the RS-232 communications port.

■ Solid Green = All user controls within the chassis have been disabled (locked) via the Craft software

■ Solid Yellow = RS-232 Craft interface connector is active and disables (locks) SNMP access to chassis via RS-485 connection on the rear panel of chassis. Used when chassis are connected in a daisy chain and one SMM module is installed.

■ Off = All user-set controls are unlocked and available.

Table 6.2 CMM and SMM/SMM-1 Connectors and Status Indicators


CMM or SMM

PowerSupply

ApplicationModule 1

ApplicationModule 2

ApplicationModule 10

Fans

SMM Interface(SMM only)

EthernetLocal

Computer with CHPCraft Management

Software

CHP Max5000 Shelf

RS-232

SPIBus

Shelf InterconnectRS-485

RJ-45


Serial Peripheral Interface BusThe CMM sends the requests through the chassis SPI bus to the application modules and power supplies. The polled modules return requested information and alarms through the SPI bus to the CMM or SMM, which sends it to the Craft Management Software.

RS-485 between CMM and SMMTo monitor up to 10 chassis of CHP Max modules with an SMM, install an SMM module in 1 chassis and 1 CMM in each of the remaining 9 chassis in the monitored site. The SMM receives requests for information from the system management software and routes those requests through the RS-485 port to the appropriate CMM. The CMM then routes the request to the appropriate application module.

DC PowerDC voltages from the power supply module(s) enter the CMM and SMM through the multi-pin DC/Communications connector.

CHP Max Craft Management Software

CHP Max Craft Management Software provides local access to the CHP Max5000 chassis using a standard serial interface cable or a USB to RS-232 (P/N CHP-RS232-USB) cable between a mobile computer and the chassis' CMM. With CHP Max Craft Management Software installed on a computer, you may monitor the status of any module installed in a CHP Max5000 chassis.

The Craft Management Software allows you to monitor the following parameters:

■ Communication status of all modules installed in the chassis

■ Alarm thresholds and history during a management session

■ Power supply voltages (12, 5, 3.3, –5VDC), fan currents of the two fans in the power supply, and internal temperature of the power supply

■ Fan currents of each of the eight fans in chassis

■ Transmitter laser bias current, optical output power, laser temperature and status, internal temperature, and RF input status

■ Receiver optical input power, RF attenuation, and internal temperature

■ EDFA input power, output power, gain, and internal temperature

■ RF amplifier input status, gain, and internal temperature

CHP Max Craft Management Software displays data reported by firmware embedded in hardware modules; the Craft terminal does not make measurements.

For remote and comprehensive network management tools, contact your ARRIS representative.

Note Craft Management Software allows the operator to lock/unlock local switch and manual control to prevent unauthorized use of front panel buttons. However, for safety reasons, when an unlocked front panel button is used to disable the transmitter's laser output, it cannot be reactivated by Craft Management Software or by using SNMP via the SMM until the button is physically enabled.


Installation of CHP Max Craft Management Software

➤ To install the CHP Max Craft Management Software refer to Installing CHP Max Craft Management Software—page 1-11

CHP Max System Management Module

CHP Max System Management Module (SMM) remotely monitors and controls application modules installed in the same chassis and the application modules installed in up to nine additional chassis. The SMM is an SNMP Agent that can communicate with SNMP Managers typically located in the Network Operating Center (NOC). The SMM provides the following features:

■ Communicates with CMM via RS-485 daisy chain

■ Communicates with SNMP Manager in NOC via Ethernet

■ Supports all SNMP functions and HMS functions including downloads and trap handling

■ Supports all released indoor plant equipment MIBs (can be downloaded from www.scte.org)

– ANSI/SCTE 36 2002R2007 SCTE-ROOT– ANSI/SCTE 37 2010 SCTE-HMS-ROOTS– ANSI/SCTE 38-1 2009 SCTE-HMS-PROPERTY– ANSI/SCTE 38-8 2009 SCTE-HMS-DOWNLOAD– ANSI/SCTE 38-11 2008 SCTE-HMS-HEADENDIDENT-MIB– ANSI/SCTE 83-1 2006 SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICS-MIB– ANSI/SCTE 83-4 2009 SCTE-HMS-HE-RF-MIB– ANSI/SCTE 84-1 2009 SCTE-HMS-HE-COMMON-MIB– ANSI/SCTE 84-2 2009 SCTE-HMS-HE-POWER-SUPPLY-MIB– ANSI/SCTE 84-3 2009 SCTE-HMS-HE-FAN-MIB– ANSI/SCTE 85-1 2009 SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-TRANSMITTER-MIB– ANSI/SCTE 85-2 2009 SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-RECEIVER-MIB– ANSI/SCTE 85-3 2009 SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-AMPLIFIER-MIB– ANSI/SCTE 94-1 2009 SCTE-HMS-HE-RF-AMP-MIB

■ Supports ARRIS proprietary MIBs

■ SNMP v2/v3 compatible and complies with IETF and SCTE-HMS standards

Installation/Replacement of the CMM or SMM

CAUTION The SMM must be installed into a chassis with a label containing CHP-CHASSIS-19 on the right front flange of the chassis. If label is not located on the front right flange, do NOT install the SMM into the chassis. Installation of the SMM into a chassis without a label on the right front flange (label with 961015726201 on right side) will damage the SMM and void the warranty.

Note Ensure that the desired Power Supply configuration is installed before installing the SMM.



1. The CMM Address is located on a separate “CMM Address” label located just below the serial number label on all CMMs/SMMs manufactured after July 1, 2005. Only a Serial Number label is placed on CMMs and SMMs manufactured before July 1, 2005. Modules manufactured before July 1, 2005 use the last five digits of the Serial Number as the “CMM Address”. The SMM uses this address to poll the shelf and modules in the shelf. The CMM Address has a range of 1 to 65534. Refer to Figure 6.5 for the location of the serial number and CMM address label (on or after 7-1-2005) on the CMM or SMM. Make note of the CMM Address before installing the CMM or SMM module.

2. Gently insert the CMM or SMM into the slot just to the left of the power supply module(s). Be careful to align the circuit card of the module with the metal guides on the top and bottom of the chassis.


Figure 6.5

Serial Number/CMM Address Label Location on CMM and SMM

Each SMM is shipped with the following default IP configuration information. This information is needed to access the SMM in order to change the IP address, netmask, and gateway information. Refer to Configuring CMM, CMM-1, SMM, or SMM-1 to change this information.

Note CMMs/SMMs manufactured after July 1, 2005 have a five digit CMM address label. This address should be used instead of the last five digits of the serial number.



netmask 255.255.255.0

gateway 192.168.1.1

Serial Number Label Location(use last 5 digits of the serial number as the CMM Address for modules manufactured before

CMM Address Label Location(use CMM Address for modules manufactured on or after 7-1-2005)


➤ To remove the CMM or SMM

■ Press upward on the latch release (see Figure 6.3 on page 6-6) on the front panel and slide the module out the front of the chassis.

Management Modules Configuration

Configuring CMM, CMM-1, SMM, or SMM-1Configure the CMM, CMM-1, SMM, or SMM-1 modules by initially daisy-chaining one CMM(-1) to an SMM(-1), setting the SMM IP address, and then adding the CMM or SMM shelf to the network using the shelfadd command. Continue daisy-chaining the next CMM shelf and adding the CMM to the network using the shelfadd command until all shelves have been networked together per system design plans.

➤ To connect network cabling

Connecting CMM-1s or SMM-1s to PCs via USB

Note Status and control of modules will not be available when either the CMM or SMM is removed.

CAUTION Only connect the Ethernet network assigned to the CHP network to the Ethernet connector on the rear of a chassis containing an SMM. Connecting an Ethernet cable not assigned to the CHP network to the CHP network may result in a loss of the network.

Note One chassis containing a SMM can be daisy-chained with up to nine other chassis, each containing a CMM module, to monitor and control up to 10 chassis via SNMP or remote GUI using Craft software in the UDP mode. Only one chassis with an SMM can be in the daisy-chain, since the SMM is configured as master of the bus.

Note SMM modules can be installed in all chassis instead of daisy-chaining a SMM with multiple chassis with CMMs. However, each SMM would need to be configured with a unique IP address.

Note Use optional 24-inch cables (P/N CHP-XCT-CABLE) or comparable RJ-14 cables to daisy-chain CMM module(s) to the SMM module. This is not a standard telephone cable or a standard USOC RJ-14 cable. Refer to Figure 19.7 on page 19-8 for a wiring diagram of this RJ-14 cable.

Note A cross-over Ethernet cable must be used if you are connecting a laptop computer directly to the Ethernet connector on the rear of the chassis.

Note For CENELEC compliance, install a FAIR-RITE snap-on toroid EMI suppression filter (FAIR-RITE P/N 0431164951 or ARRIS P/N 862344) supplied with the SMM on the cable connected to the Ethernet connector on the rear of the chassis. This filter should be installed as close as possible to the Ethernet connector to reduce conducted RFI. See Figure 6.9 on page 6-16.


You may connect a PC without an Ethernet connector to CMM-1s and SMM-1s via a PCs USB port, as described below.

1. Use CMS/GUI version 7.0.34 or later on the PC.

2. Obtain a USB-to-serial adapter cable (for example, Belkin USB to Serial F5U109 Cable).

3. Download the USB-to-serial adapter cable driver(s) from website of adapter manufacturer for the PC's operating system.

4. Install the driver(s).

5. Run CMS/GUI and from the CMS/GUI menu, select Communications > Configure Comm.

6. When the Configure Comm. window appears, configure the serial port parameters, as shown in Figure 6.6, then click on the OK button.

Figure 6.6

CMS/GUI Configure Comm. window

Note When using Windows 7, a Windows 7 compliant USB to serial converter is required to connect to the CHP platform using CMM-1 and SMM-1 controllers. If the USB to serial converter being used does not have a FTDI chipset and is not Windows 32-bit and 64-bit compliant, a successful connection to a CHP Shelf using the CHP GUI program will not be possible.

Note ARRIS recommends using the Belkin USB to Serial F5U109 Cable because it has been thoroughly tested and known to function as required. Other cables may or may not function as well.


7. Connect the USB-to-serial adapter cable to the PC’s USB port connector and the CMM-1/SMM-1 serial port connector.

8. From the PC, select Start >Control Panel > Device Manager.

9. The Device Manager window indicates that the USB-to-serial adapter cable is connected to a random high number COM port (for example, COM11 in Figure 6.7).

Figure 6.7

Device Manager Window

10. Double-click on the line item for the USB-to-serial adapter cable in Device Manager window [for example, Belkin Serial On USB Port (COM11)].

11. When the USB-to-serial adapter cable Properties window appears, select the Port Settings tab, then click on the Advanced button.

12. When the Advanced Settings window appears, select COM1 from pull-down menu (see Figure 6.8).


Figure 6.8

Advanced Settings Window

13. Click on the OK button in the Advanced Settings window.

14. Click on the OK button in the USB-to-serial adapter cable Properties window.

15. Close the Device Manager window.

Connecting Chassis for Remote SNMP Monitoring

1. Connect an IP network cable from the RJ-45 Ethernet connector (standard CPE) on the rear of each chassis containing the SMM to a remote management system. Refer to your system design plans to connect the CHP network cabling. Figure 6.9 on page 6-16 represents a typical connection diagram with multiple SMM and CMM modules.

2. Connect cable (P/N CHP-XCT-CABLE) from one of the Shelf Interconnect connectors on the rear of the chassis containing the SMM to one of the Shelf Interconnect connectors of the closest chassis containing a CMM. The CHP-XCT-CABLE is not provided and must be purchased separately.

Note When configuring the CHP network, only add one chassis to the daisy-chain at a time and then use the shelfadd command to add the CMM shelf to the CHP network.


Figure 6.9

Connecting Chassis for Remote SNMP Monitoring


3. Install a terminator (P/N CHP-XCT-TER) in each unused Shelf Interconnect connector at the beginning and end of the daisy-chain.

➤ To set SMM IP addresses

4. Click Start > Run and select telnet from the drop-down menu. If telnet is not listed in the drop-down menu, type telnet in the Open: field and press Enter.

5. At the Microsoft Telnet> prompt, type open 192.168.1.1 and press Enter to open the default SMM IP address. See Figure 6.10.

Figure 6.10

Using Telnet to Open the Default SMM IP Address with Windows XP

6. Type CCOR as the password and press the Enter key.

7. To view a list of available commands, type help and press the Enter key.

Note The CHP network cabling must be connected before setting the SMM addresses.

Note To connect with the SMM, your PC network address must be a different address than the default SMM IP address (192.168.1.1) but on the same subnet mask. Note the current IP address of your PC and then temporarily set the PC’s IP address within the range of 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254, if the SMM IP address is the default address. If the default SMM IP has been changed, ensure that the first three segments of the PC’s IP address are identical to the new SMM IP address and the last segment is different than the new SMM IP address.

Note 192.168.1.1 represents the default SMM IP address. If this IP address has already been changed to another address, use this changed address instead of 192.168.1.1.


Figure 6.11

Available Commands via the Help Window

8. Change from the default SMM IP address to a new SMM IP address by typing ip <IP address Subnet mask Gateway address>.

For example, the following command:

changes the SMM IP address to 155.226.60.11 changes the SMM subnet mask to 255.255.254.0 changes the SMM Gateway address to 155.226.60.240

Note To connect with the SMM, your PC network address must be a different address than the default SMM IP address (192.168.1.1). Temporarily set the IP address of your PC within the range of 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254. Obtain the correct IP address from your network administrator. Once the SMM address is changed to the correct address and subnet, you will need to set the PC back to its original configuration. Contact your network administrator if you have problems setting the addresses.

Note Do not use these IP addresses, obtain the correct SMM IP address information from your network administrator before changing any information. These addresses are for example only.

ip 155.226.60.11 255.255.254.0 155.226.60.240

IP Subnet Gateway


For your PC to communicate with the new SMM IP address, change the PC’s IP address so that the first three segments of the PC’s IP address are identical to the new SMM IP address and the last segment is different than the new SMM IP address. The subnet mask of the PC needs to be changed to match the subnet mask of the SMM. For example, set the PC’s IP address as follows:

Figure 6.12

Example of Changing IP, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Addresses

9. Enter the current date for this SMM by typing date <mmddyyHHMMSS>.

For example, type date 070403134515 and press the Enter key to enter a date of July 4, 2003 and time of 1:45:15 PM.

➤ To add/remove a CMM or SMM shelf to the network

10. Enter the five digits on the CMM Address label (manufactured on or after 7-1-2005) or the last five digits of the CMM or SMM serial number (manufactured before 7-1-2005) installed in the CHP chassis. These five digits are the CMM address, even if you are using a SMM. Refer to Figure 6.5 on page 6-11 for the location of the serial number on the CMM or SMM.

PC’s IP address = 155.226.60.xxPC’s subnet mask = 255.255.254.0

where xx = 00 to 10 or 12 to 254

Note Step 9 is only required for SMM modules and to timestamp CHP traps.

Note Using the shelfadd command to configure shelves that are not physically connected to the CHP network may slow down the polling, since the SMM will try to communicate with a nonexisting shelf. Only use the shelfadd command to configure shelves that are connected to the CHP network.


a. Type shelfadd followed by the CMM address and press Enter. For example, type shelfadd 9742 and press Enter to add the CMM or SMM with a CMM address of 9742.

b. Add each additional shelf (chassis) to the configuration on the SMM module using the method in Step a above. By default, the local SMM will have its own address set at the factory. If this address is accidentally deleted, it can be re-entered. The local CMM address needs to be in the “shelf” list on the SMM.

c. After entering all chassis, type shelf and press Enter to verify that all chassis have been entered.

d. If you need to remove a shelf after a shelf has been added, use the shelfrem (shelf remove) command as follows:

1. Type shelf and press Enter to view a list of the daisy-chained shelves. See Figure 6.13.

2. The list of shelves will be shown with the index number on the left that corresponds with the CMM shelf address on the right. Do not remove the CMM shelf address corresponding to the SMM.

3. Type shelfrem with the corresponding index number on the left next to the CMM address and press Enter to remove a shelf. For example, type shelfrem 2 and press Enter to remove the CMM or SMM with a CMM address of 9742.

e. Continue connecting or “daisy-chaining” this chassis to the next closest chassis containing a CMM using a CHP-XCT-CABLE and repeat Steps a through c until all chassis within the group, up to a maximum of nine shelves with CMMs are connected. After a group of shelves are daisy-chained to a SMM, repeat Step to connect an Ethernet cable to the next chassis containing an SMM.

Note It is not necessary to use the shelfadd command on a new SMM. A new SMM module’s CMM address will automatically appear as a daisy-chained shelf using telnet.


Figure 6.13

Shelf Command Listing Example

➤ To set the CHP trap destination address

11. Type destadd followed by the IP address and port number of the SNMP manager and then press Enter for each desired trap destination to identify where the traps will be sent.

For example, the following command sends SNMP traps to an IP address of 155.226.60.12 and port number of 162.

12. Type reset and press Enter to reset the chassis containing the SMM.

13. After being reset, the CHP system will be ready to communicate on the configured subnet.

➤ To set the SMM to its default IP address

14. If the SMM IP address that was entered is not known, or is not configured correctly and communications cannot be established with the SMM, the SMM can be changed back to the default SMM IP address (192.168.1.1) by performing the following:

a. Press upward on the latch release on the front panel and slide the module out the front of the chassis.

Note Only perform Step 11 if you are using an SNMP manager.

Shelf Index Number — Used with the shelfrem command to remove a shelf.

Type “shelfrem 2” to remove the shelf with index number 2 that corresponds to a CMM address

CMM Address — Address of CMM or SMM module.

Modules manufactured on or after 7-1-2005 have a 5 digit CMM Address label on the CMM or SMM module.

destadd 155.226.60.12:162

IP Port


b. Push and remove the seven push pins securing the front left plastic cover to the circuit card from the left side of the module.

c. Referring to Figure 6.14, set DIP switch #1 to the ON position to force the SMM to use the default SMM IP address of 192.168.1.1.

d. Reinsert the SMM into the chassis. The latch on the front panel locks when the module is fully seated. The SMM will now be configured to the default address.

e. Telnet to the default IP address to reconfigure the correct address and save to flash memory. Refer to Step 8.

f. Press upward on the latch release on the front panel and slide the module out the front of the chassis.

g. Set DIP switch #1 to the OFF position.

h. Position the plastic cover so the cutouts in the cover align with the jumpers on the circuit card and install the seven push pins from the right side to secure the cover to the circuit card.

i. Reinsert the SMM into the chassis. The latch on the front panel locks when the module is fully seated. The SMM will now read the configured IP address from flash memory.

15. Reconfigure your PC’s IP address back to its original IP address.

Figure 6.14

Location of DIP Switch #1 on SMM (cover removed) #1 (IP Address)

ON

DIP Switch#2 (Password)


Resetting the Password

The password command is used to change the password. However, if you forget the password, perform the following procedure on the SMM to reset the password to the default password.

➤ To reset the password

1. Press upward on the latch release (see Figure 6.3 on page 6-6) on the front panel of the SMM and slide the module out the front of the chassis.

2. Push and remove the seven push pins securing the front left plastic cover to the circuit card from the left side of the module.

3. Referring to Figure 6.14, set DIP switch #2 to the ON position to force the password back to CCOR when the module is reinserted in the chassis.

4. Reinsert the SMM into the powered-up chassis. The latch on the front panel locks when the module is fully seated. The default password of CCOR is now active and will remain active as long as DIP switch #2 is set to the ON position.

5. Click Start > Run and then type telnet followed by the IP address (example, telnet 192.168.1.1). Alternatively, click Start > Run and then type telnet and click OK to open the telnet window and then type open followed by the IP address.

6. The Telnet program connects with the SMM and requests a password. Type CCOR as the password and press Enter.

7. Type password followed by the password you want to save in flash memory and press Enter.

8. Press upward on the latch release on the front panel of the SMM and slide the module out the front of the chassis.

9. Set DIP switch #2 to the OFF position.

10. Position the plastic cover so the cutouts in the cover align with the jumpers on the circuit card and install the seven push pins from the right side to secure the cover to the circuit card.

11. Reinsert the SMM into the powered-up chassis. The latch on the front panel locks when the module is fully seated.


After launching the CHP Max Craft Management Software, click on the Disconnected button or click Communication > Connect and then double-click on the CMM or SMM to monitor the various parameters. The Status and Setting window of the CMM or SMM is displayed in Figure 6.15.

Disconnected


Figure 6.15

CMM or SMM Status and Settings Management Window


Control Function







Reset Resets the installed CMM or SMM.


Window resulting from right clicking on +5 VDC, –5 VDC, +12 VDC, or +3.3 Window resulting from right




Operational Status Displays a color-coded status of the 10 application module slots, 8 chassis fans (fan bay), and 2 power supplies (PS1 and PS2). Color coding is as follows:

■ Dark grey = Device operating properly■ Red = Device operating with a major alarm■ Yellow = Device operating with a minor alarm■ Light grey = Device is not present





















Autoconfig


Control Function


On When this radio button is selected, the auto-configuration mode is enabled.

Off When this radio button is selected, the auto-configuration mode is disabled. Factory shipped with auto-configuration disabled.

Enable Manual Status

Unlock When this radio button is selected, the Local Control radio button on each application module enables or disables the front panel controls on the application modules.

Lock When this radio button is selected, the Local Control radio button on the GUI of each application module within that shelf is forced to the Lock mode, disabling the front panel controls of each application module within that shelf. If the Local Control radio button on a particular application module is then set to Unlock, the front panel controls on that application module (except for the CHP-XMOD) will be enabled for approximately 3 minutes. After 3 minutes, the Local Control radio buttons on this application module will automatically go back to the Lock mode, disabling front panel controls on this module.

Relay Status

Disabled Relay is disabled.

Enabled on All Alarms Relay is enabled on major and minor alarms.

Enabled on Major Alarms

Relay is only enabled on major alarms.

Enabled Relay is always enabled.

Module Identity tab


Alarms tab



Control Function


Figure 6.16

CMM or SMM Module Identity Tab Display

Figure 6.17

CMM or SMM Alarm Tab Display



Figure 6.18





2. Double-click the CMM or CMM-1 module identifier in the module inventory or double-click on the CMM or CMM-1 module in the image map to open that module’s management window.


Parameter Major Low

Minor Low

Nominal

Minor High

Major High

Shutdown Threshold

Deadband

+5 VDC Output 4.7 4.9 5.25 5.6 5.7 6.7 1

–5 VDC Output –5.6 –5.4 –5.1 –4.7 –4.5 –6.25 1

+12 VDC Output 11.6 11.8 12.25 12.7 12.8 13.5 1

+3.3 VDC Output 3.3 3.4 3.6 4.0 4.1 5.2 1

Internal Temperature (°C)

0 15 43 50 57 — 1

Major High

Minor High

Minor Low

Major Low

Threshold

No Alarm (green)

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)

Alarm

Major (red)

Minor (yellow)






7. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 to the –5 VDC, +12 VDC, and +3.3 VDC meters if you want to adjust these alarm threshold values.

Figure 6.19


Updating the CHP-CMM Microcontroller Firmware

Update CMM firmware through the CHP Max Craft Management Software using either of the following two methods.

Method 1

➤ To update CMM microcontroller firmware

1. Obtain the appropriate firmware file through ARRIS technical support or your sales representative. Use firmware file(s) listed in Table 6.5 to update the firmware in a module.



2. Ensure that the chassis containing the module requiring the firmware download is powered up.






8. Select Tools > Firmware Download to update or change a selected module’s firmware.

Table 6.5 CHP Firmware Hex Files

Module Firmware Hex File Name

CHP-CMMCHP-SMM

CMM.hex

CHP-CMM-1CHP-SMM-1

CMM-1.hex




Figure 6.20



Figure 6.21

Module Selection

10. Navigate through the Open dialog box to where the module’s firmware file (.hex extension) is located.

New firmware is downloaded to the highlighted module. The number following CMM-1 represents the CMM address.


11. Select the firmware file of the appropriate model listed in Table 6.5 on page 6-30 and click Open to initiate the download. Click OK to confirm that you want to start downloading the firmware.


Method 2

➤ To update CMM microcontroller firmware

1. Obtain the appropriate firmware file through ARRIS technical support or your sales representative. Use firmware file listed in Table 6.5 on page 6-30.







8. Right-click on the CMM or CMM-1 module (without red line) in the module inventory frame, and select Firmware Download from the shortcut menu.




Figure 6.22


9. Navigate through the Open dialog box to where the firmware file (.hex extension) for the module is located.

10. Select the first firmware file listed in Table 6.5 on page 6-30 to download and click Open to initiate the download. Click OK to confirm that you want to start downloading the firmware.




Updating the SMM, SMM-1 Firmware

The SMM software is comprised of two files: SMMImage1.S19 and SMMImage2.S19. These two files are compressed images of the software that runs the SMM application code when the module powers up. Two images are provided as a backup in case one Image fails. This enables you to protect your system against a bad software image because there will always be two images to run. Either image performs exactly the same functions. When the first image is loaded and run, it will use the new software. If both SMM images are not upgraded at the same time, the old image will not have all of the new features, and will run the older version of firmware. The two images can be found on the CHP System CD under the Firmware directory.

Before you begin1. Insert the CHP System CD, (P/N CHP-CMS-1). If you wish to load the GUI software you

can do so at this time, or stop the auto install and proceed to open up an Explorer window to copy the files from the CHP System CD.

2. Make a directory on your local hard drive to store the SMM firmware files. The instructions will refer to the latest System release files in a directory as shown in Figure 6.24 on page 6-35. The directory name can be any name, but ARRIS strongly recommends using the system release numbers located on the latest CHP System CD to ensure using the correct files. These files will need to be accessed in the future if the SMM module is replaced, or needs to be loaded again.

3. Copy the SMMImage1.S19 and the SMMImage2.S19 files from the System CD to the PC where the files can be FTP’d to the local SMM module. File Transfer Protocol (FTP) does not require an HMS download tool.

4. Ensure connectivity with the CHP SMM module by using the Ping command in a DOS command tool window from your computer as shown in Figure 6.23 on page 6-34. The download will not work unless there is connectivity to the SMM from the PC.

Figure 6.23

Ping Command in a DOS Command Tool Window


Figure 6.24

Directory Structure to Store the System CD Files

Using FTP to Download the SMM ImagesIn SMM Version 1.1, the option to use the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) was added. The following instructions are for systems that are running SMM Version 1.1 or higher. The SMM Version 1.1 provides both the FTP download function and the standard HMS download function. The standard HMS method uses SNMP commands to talk to the SMM. FTP uses a different set of commands to talk to the SMM. Some firewalls will prevent FTP from passing through the network for security reasons, others might not allow SNMP packets. SMM Firmware version 1.8.0.0 only provides the files for use with FTP. If you must perform an SNMP download, contact a ARRIS representative for instructions, or reference the Omni2000 manual.

1. From any PC, a DOS command tool window can be opened (Start > Run and type cmd) to initiate a Telnet command or an FTP command. Most systems have the function to FTP files from the computer to another device on the Local Network. If FTP does not function on your computer, contact your network administrator to have it turned on.

Figure 6.25

Opening a DOS Command Window

2. In the open DOS command window, use the “cd” command to get to the directory where the files to be downloaded to the SMM are located. The files shown in Figure 6.26 on page 6-36 are in a directory named Firmware, which have been previously copied from the CHP-CMS-1 System CD-ROM.


Figure 6.26

SMM File Directory

3. As shown in the following window, type the ftp command followed by the IP address of your SMM module. The SMM will show that the FTP session is connected.

Figure 6.27

SMM FTP Session

4. The FTP session user name is CCOR, and the default password is CCOR. The FTP password is the same password used for a Telnet session and can be changed using the Telnet password command.

5. In the FTP program, the “dir” command will tell you the files that are currently on the SMM along with the file sizes and dates.

6. To put a file from the local PC directory you simply type in the command “put” followed by the file name that you want to send from the PC to the SMM.

7. After the file is finished downloading, the Transfer complete message will be displayed and the SMM is ready to be reset from a Telnet window to run the new software release.


Figure 6.28

FTP Transfer Complete Message

FTP Failures1. Bad file name:

The SMM version 1.1 software requires that the file names of the Images transferred be SMMImage1.S19 and SMMImage2.S19. It will not allow any other file name to be downloaded. The error message shown by the FTP session will report:

■ 500 Requested download not completed, bad file

It will not prevent a user from copying a bad file to this file name and downloading it. The FTP session only checks the file name.

2. Bad command:

The SMM version 1.1 software will only understand a “put” command so that software can be downloaded to the module. If another command such as “get” is entered the SMM will report:

■ 200 PORT command successful

■ 540 User banned or 502 Command not implemented

3. Incorrect user name or password

The SMM FTP session will only connect using the user name CCOR and the correct password. If you attempt to log in with a different name or password the SMM will report:

■ 532 Login incorrect

■ Connection closed by remote host


Verify Image 1

1. Verify that the download was successful by verifying that the new version of Image 1 is running. To verify that the new version of Image 1 is running, Telnet to the IP address of the SMM module and use the “version” command to verify that SMM Version x.x.x.x is running on the module. If the “version” command does not work it could be because the new firmware did not load or the SMM module is set up to run Image 2.

2. Verify that the SMM is running Image 1. If there was a problem with Image 1, the SMM will come up running Image 2. You can verify that Image 1 is configured to run using the NuDesign MIBrowser to browse the SCTE-HMS-DOWNLOAD-MIB. If Image 2 is configured to run, the SMM needs to be configured to run SMM Image 1. Then reset the SMM module (type reset in the Telnet window and press Enter) and repeat the step to verify that SMM Version 1 will come up and run.

3. In the event of a problem with the download of Image 1, Image 2 will be running the old software. To maintain at least one good running image ensure that SMM Image 1 can be downloaded and will come up and run before making any attempt to download to Image 2. If Image 1 is configured to run, and Image 2 is running repeat the download again, it is possible some of the SNMP packets were thrown away, or the download window is not set up correctly.

4. If Image 1 cannot be downloaded on the SMM module at all, contact ARRIS technical support (see page 0) before attempting to download to Image 2.

Figure 6.29

Image Command in SMM

Note If Image 1 does not come up, DO NOT attempt to download Image 2. Verify one good image before proceeding.


Downloading Image 21. You can use FTP to download the second image. Refer to Using FTP to Download the

SMM Images on page 6-35 for using FTP download. After Image 2 is downloaded, configure it to run and test that the image can be used as a backup for Image 1. All of the functions and features are the same in both images.

2. After verifying that Image 2 will run, set the SMM back to run Image 1 so there will not be any confusion over which image is configured to run in the event of an error.

MIBs

ARRIS Developed MIBsThe SMM monitors both enterprise and standard MIB objects for all modules. The ARRIS developed MIBs are listed in Table A.12, ARRIS Developed MIBs—page A-11. The chp-MAX5000-TC.MIB must be loaded first and the remaining MIBs can be loaded in any order.

Common MIB OperationThe chp-MAX5000.MIB allows the SNMP manager to view the overall status of all monitored chassis and modules. All modules are automatically discovered when plugged into a module slot in the CHP chassis. Removing a module requires you to physically remove the module and then send a reset slot command to the SMM. The SMM will then remove the module from the configuration tables. Any module that is just removed from the slot will report a module down alarm.

Any chassis that is physically removed from the RS-485 bus will report a chassis down alarm. In order to remove the chassis from the configuration, the shelfrem command must be issued from the Telnet window. All chassis configuration additions and removals are done via the password protected Telnet interface on the SMM Controller module. When the chassis is removed via Telnet it will no longer be managed, even if it is plugged in. Any chassis that is configured without actually being connected to the RS-485 bus will raise an alarm that the chassis is down. This aids in configuration of the CHP Site. When a chassis is marked down, it will continue to be polled at a reduced rate until it is removed from the configuration. Because of this reduced polling rate, when the chassis is no longer down it could take up to 2 minutes to be recognized, then standard polling of the shelf and modules will begin. If a chassis is reconnected and added in Telnet, the chassis is automatically discovered within 20 seconds.

Standard MIBsARRIS recommends using CORView Element Manager Software to monitor, archive, and analyze data retrieved from SNMP Agents. This browser supports SCTE's (Society of Cable and Telecommunications Engineers) HMS standard for the SNMP monitoring and management of inside and outside HFC cable plants. It also serves as a basic HMS SNMP Manager, supporting HMS MIBs and decoding of HMS specific, SNMP Traps and Notifications. All of the required open source MIBs are provided with this browser.

The Standard MIBs are listed in Table A.13, Standard IETF MIBs—page A-14 and Table A.14, Standard HMS MIBs—page A-14.


CHP SNMP Management

CHP Site ManagementTable 6.6 details the Slot-Hardware-MIB associations needed in order to manage a CHP chassis. A CHP site is made up of up to 10 chassis connected on the RS-485 bus. Each CHP chassis is indexed by the configured CMM address. To get general information about the status of a CHP chassis you need to parse in the ARRIS Common MIB file. The ARRIS common shelf MIB is indexed by the factory configured CMM address. This address can be found by reading the Entity MIB physical table. The chassis information is reported to be in virtual slot 00. A CHP Site is made up of one or more CHP chassis. There can be many CHP sites reporting to a single network management platform via the SMM. Each SMM is identified by a unique IP Address, which is configured via the SMM’s Telnet interface.

CHP Chassis/Slot ManagementThe following table details the Slot-Hardware-MIB associations for the CHP chassis slots 1 through 10. Each slot can contain a field replaceable application module. To access the information for a transmitter or receiver, all of the HMS core MIBs as well as the MIBs for the transmitters and receivers should be parsed in. To manage the general slot status the ARRIS Common MIB can be used and is indexed by the physical entity MIB index, which is determined by combining the factory configured CMM address and the specific slot address. To manage the ARRIS proprietary MIBs and alarms, the ARRIS transmitter and receiver MIBs need to be parsed in.

Table 6.6 Slot-Hardware-MIB Associations for Virtual Slot 00

CHP Shelf Virtual

slot index

Possible Hardware

Types

Supported IETF Objects

Supported HMS Objects

Supported ARRIS Objects

Slot 00 The CHP Chassis (Shelf)

entPhysicalTable No HMS shelf MIBs

chpCommonMIBchpShelfConfigTablechpShelfStatusTable


Transmitter, Receiver, and Amplifier Module Slots

Table 6.7 Slot-Hardware-MIB Associations for Application Module Slots 01 through 10

CHP Shelf Virtual

Slot index

Possible Hardware

Types




Slots 01 to 10

Transmitters

entPhysicalTable heCommonTableheOpTxMIBObjects

heOpTxUnitTableheOpTxLaserTablepropertyTable

chpCommonMIBchpSlotConfigTablechpSlotStatusTable

chpTxMIBtxStatusTabletxInputTabletxRfConfigTabletxOutputTabletxXmodTabletxDistortionTabletx2StatusTabletx2RfConfigTabletx2DistortionTable

Receivers entPhysicalTable heCommonTableheOpRxMIBObjects

heOptRxInputTableheOptRxOutputTablepropertyTablediscretePropertyTable


chpRxMIBrxStatusTablerxChCtlTablerxChStatusTablerx2StatusTablerxConfigTablerxRedundancyTable

Optical Amplifiers (EDFAs)

entPhysicalTable heCommonTableheOpAmpMIBObjects

heOpAmpUnitTableheOpAmpInputTableheOpAmpLaserTableheOpAmpOutputTable


Switches entPhysicalTable heCommonTableheOpSwitchInputTableheOpSwitchOutputTablediscretePropertyTablepropertyTable


chpOpSwitchMIBchpOpSwitchUnitTable

RF Amplifiers

entPhysicalTable heCommonTableheRFAmpMIBObjects

heRFAmpUnitTableheRFAmpOutputTable

propertyTablediscretePropertyTable


chpRFAmpMIBchpRFAmpTable


Power Supply and Fan Module Slots

CHP Controller Module Slots

Table 6.8 Slot-Hardware-MIB Associations for Power Supply (slots 11 and 12) and Fan Bay (slot 13)

CHP Shelf Virtual Slot

index

Possible Hardware

Types




Slots11 (upper) or 12 (lower)

DC Power Supply / AC Power Supply

entPhysicalTable heCommonTablehePsMIBObjects

hePsUnitTablehePsOutputTablepropertyTablediscretePropertyTable


chpPsMIBpsStatusTable

Slot 13 Fans entPhysicalTable heCommonTableheFanMIBObjects

heFanUnitTableheFanStatusTablepropertyTablediscretePropertyTable


Table 6.9 Slot-Hardware-MIB Associations for Controller Module Slots 14 and 15

CHP Shelf

Virtual Slot

index

Possible Hardware

Types




Slot 14 CMM/CMM-1 entphysicalTable heCommonTablepropertyTablediscretePropertyTable


chpCMMControllerMIB

cmmParamTablecmmControltablecmmStatusTable


CHP Trap Information

Refer to Appendix B for information on the CHP Traps.

SNMP Configuration and Operations

Manager SetupLoad the required MIBs based on the type of modules in your system. Configure the Manager to communicate to set the IP address of the SNMP agent. ARRIS recommends using CORView Element Manager Software.

NMS OperationsElement management is achieved by a customer-provided NMS using a third-party SNMP manager package. The basic operations performed by the NMS are gets, sets, and traps. CORView can provide consolidated alarming information.

Traps and AlarmsRefer to Figure 6.30 for the operational sequence of the trap operation. A trap is a way for an agent to tell the NMS that a predefined event has occurred, typically generating an alarm. A trap originates from the agent and is sent to the trap destination, as configured within the frame agent itself. The trap destination is typically the IP address of the NMS. No acknowledgement is sent from the NMS to the agent, so the agent has no way of knowing if the trap makes it to the NMS.

Slot 15 SMM/SMM-1 (Same reported information as CMM)

entphysicalTablesystem MIBsnmpDomainssnmpModules

snmpMIBsnmpFrameworksnmpMPDMIB

snmpTargetObjects snmpTargetAddrTablesnmpTargetParamsTable snmpNotifyTable

heCommonTableheCommonLogdiscretePropertyTablepropertyTable


Slot 15 SMM-2 smmParamTablesmmControlTablesmmStatusTablesmmSubtendedTable

Table 6.9 Slot-Hardware-MIB Associations for Controller Module Slots 14 and 15 (cont’d)

CHP Shelf

Virtual Slot

index

Possible Hardware

Types





Figure 6.30

Trap Command Sequence Diagram

All SNMP traps are HMS enterprise traps based on the SCTE-HMS standard. The trap variables that are supported by the SCTE-HMS-HE-COMMON-MIB (ANSI/SCTE 84-1 2003) file have been extended and ARRIS is including a chpHeadendCommon.MIB MIB that includes three trap variables in addition to the trap variables supported by the HMS standard. The HMS standard uses one trap (OID of 1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.1.0) and its variable bindings contain the information about the problem that caused the trap. Table 6.10 provides information on the trap SCTE-HMS-HE-COMMON-MIB (ANSI/SCTE 84-1 2003). The Standard IETF Cold Start trap, IETF authentication trap and the IETF entity mib configuration change trap (1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1) is also supported.

SMM polls modules at fixed intervals for alarm information and reports information when alarm state has changed. The following notifications are supported:

■ heCommonAlarmEvent

Table 6.10 Description of HMS Trap

OID Name Variable Type Description

heCommonLogIndex Integer32 An index that uniquely identifies an entry in the log table.

heCommonLogOID OBJECT IDENTIFIER

The specific OID of the object that has changed alarm state.

heCommonLogValue Integer32 The value of the object at the time it changed alarm state.

heCommonLogState INTEGER The new alarm state of the object which caused the event to be recorded into the log.

heCommonLogTime DateAndTime This is the time when the alarm change for the object occurred.

heCommonLogText DisplayString This is a text field describing the alarm. This field could be a zero length string in certain agent implementations.

heCommonLogModuleIdOID

OBJECT IDENTIFIER

This is the module ID OID as found in the Physical Entity table of the object that has changed alarm state.

heCommonLogCardType

DisplayString This is a card type as described in the Physical Entity table.

heCommonLogAlias DisplayString This is alias value as described in the Physical Entity table.

The agent detects that a predetermined event has occurred and sends a trap PDU to the

NMS Agent


■ entConfigChange

■ hmsDownloadStatus

■ coldStart

■ warmStart

■ authenticationFailure

SMM-1 CLI v3tables CommandThe CLI command v3tables restores the default SNMP tables. This is command can be used if for any reason the SNMP tables have been changed or corrupted and a user can no longer access the SMM-1 via SNMP.

Figure 6.31 illustrates what occurs after invoking the command.

Figure 6.31

Invoking the v3tables CLI Command


CMM/SMM Specifications

Table 6.11 CHP-CMM/SMM Specifications


Electrical

RS-232 38.4kbps

RS-485 (Shelf Interconnect1)

1. RJ-14 connectors on chassis.

38.4kbps

Craft Interface Port RS-232

RS-232 debugging port (SMM only) 19.2kbps

RJ-45 Ethernet 10/100Mbps

Serial Peripheral Interface Bus 480kbps

Power

CMM 1.2W

SMM 2.5W

Connectors

Craft Interface Port (RS-232) DB-9 female

Mechanical

Dimensions (W x H x D) 4.5 x 3.4 x 16.75in. (11.4 x 8.6 x 42.5cm)

WeightCMMSMM

11.1oz. (311g)13.1oz. (364g)

Environmental

Operational Temperature 32 to 122F (0 to 50C)



Rev D

C H A P T E R 7

SYSTEM MANAGEMENT MODULE 2 (SMM-2)This chapter describes the CHP Max System Management Module 2 (SMM-2).

Overview—page 5-1

Auto Config—page 5-3


Indicators and Connectors—page 5-9


Installation/Replacement of the SMM-2—page 5-12

CLI Commands—page 5-34

MIBs—page 5-41

CHP SNMP Management—page 5-42

CHP Trap Information—page 5-44

SNMP Configuration and Operation—page 5-45

Upgrade Procedures—page 5-48

SMM-2 Specifications—page 5-49

Overview

The System Management Module 2 (SMM-2) is the next generation CHP Management Module specifically designed to address the needs of all CHP modules. It manages CHP modules, power supplies, and fans within a single rack and up to nine daisy-chained shelves. The management Ethernet interface in the back of the chassis acts as a single entry point for management of all CHP Max modules.

The SMM-2 provides following management interfaces:

■ SNMP (v1/v2c)

■ Ethernet Over USB

■ Serial Over USB

■ Command Line Interface (CLI) via Telnet

■ Remote Syslog

System Management Module 2 (SMM-2) 7-1

SecurityThe SMM-2 provides access to the Command Line Interface (CLI) via Telnet with a user ID / password authentication mechanism supporting administrator and operator groups. It supports configurable SNMP community strings for Read-Only and Read-Write Access.

TopologyThe SMM-2 provides inventory information for the modules, power supplies and fans within a chassis via CLI and/or SNMP. The topology information includes shelf/slot number, module type, name, status, etc.

FaultsThe SMM-2 provides alarms on the modules, power supplies and fans and supports discrete and threshold alarms. The alarms can be enabled/disabled from SNMP MIBs and their thresholds can be set by the user using SNMP. The SMM-2 can also send SNMP Traps to management applications (up to 16 destinations).

ConfigurationThe SMM-2 provides configuration MIBs for management of the CHP chassis and supported application modules.

Software UpgradeThe SMM-2 supports upgrades of the SMM-2 and supported application modules.

MIB SupportThe SMM-2 supports the following Management Information Bases (MIBs) (refer to Appendix A for more information):

■ MIB-2 System Group – RFC1213-MIB

■ entPhysicalTable – ENTITY-MIB (inventory)

■ currentAlarmTable – SCTE-HMS-PROPERTY MIB (faults - active alarms)

■ discretePropertyTable – SCTE-HMS-PROPERTY MIB (alarm enables/disables)

■ chpShelf, chpSlot, configuration and ststus tables – CHPMAX5000-MIB

■ heCommon – SCTE-HMS-HE-COMMON-MIB

■ hePowerSupply – SCTE-HMS-HE-POWER-SUPPLY-MIB

■ heFanUnitTable and heFanStatusTable – SCTE-HMS-FAN MIB

Local MonitoringA computer is used to monitor a single CHP Max5000 chassis through a direct USB connection to the SMM-2 controller module or direct connection to the backplane Ethernet port. The controller module sends management signals through the chassis backplane to the other modules installed in the chassis, and status information from the modules travels back


through the same route. The SMM-2 then communicates with the computer by means of the CLI (Command Line Interface) via the USB connection or by means of CORView Element Manager Software, an SNMP interface, or CLI via the Ethernet connection.

Auto Config

Auto Config (auto-configuration) refers to the management module in the shelf making changes to the configurable settings of an application module without user intervention. For example, when an application module in a shelf with an original CMM or SMM is replaced, any changes made to the default alarm thresholds, optical output power, RF attenuator, etc., would be lost. The original CMM (P/N CHP-CMM) and SMM (P/N CHP-SMM) modules do not support Auto Config on the 10 application modules or the redundant power supplies in a shelf.

In August 2006, ARRIS released the Auto Config version of CMM (P/N CHP-CMM-1) and SMM (P/N CHP-SMM-1) modules. These new management modules contain a large flash memory to store the configurable parameters such as alarm thresholds, optical output power, RF attenuator, etc., based on slot location for each of the 10 application modules and power supply(s). This Auto Config feature allows field replacement of an Auto Config supported module without cumbersome setup and the management module will automatically restore the configurable parameters of the previously installed module. In order to use the Auto Config feature, the following requirements must be met:

■ Auto Config management module (P/N CHP-CMM-1) must be installed

■ Auto Config for an individual shelf does not require the SMM-1 module

■ Do not attempt to install CMM-1 firmware onto a CMM module

■ Auto Config supported application modules listed in Table 5.1 must also be installed

■ SMM-2 supports all legacy CHP modules

Table 7.1 Auto Config Supported Application Modules

Application Module First Supported Firmware Version

Firmware CMM-1 * SMM-2

CHP-1RRX latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-2RRX 2.000 4.000 2.5.0.0

CHP-2RRXF latest 4.000 2.6.0.0

CHP-2RRXR latest 4.000 2.6.0.0

CHP-4RRP latest 4.000 2.6.0.0

CHP-4RRXF latest 4.000 2.5.0.0

CHP-C2-MW0X latest not supported

2.4.0.0

Rev D System Management Module 2 (SMM-2) 7-3

CHP-C2-MWVX latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-D2RRX latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-DDxV latest 4.000 2.6.0.0

CHP-DDxX latest 4.000 2.6.0.0

CHP-DWVX latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-DWXX latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-EDFA-HG latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-EDFA-PG latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-FTX latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-FTX-D latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-FTXV latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-GAMP latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-GAMP3 2.000 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GFRX-S latest 4.000 2.4.0.0

CHP-GFRXF latest 4.000 2.6.0.0

CHP-GFX-D-xx-S/AF 2.000 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GFX--xx-S 2.000 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GFXV-D-xx-S/AF 2.000 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GFXV-1291-S 1.500 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GMOD 2.007 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-GQTX latest 4.000 2.4.0.0

CHP-L2RR-S 2.010 4.029 2.3.0.0




Operation of Auto Config ModulesThe operation of the Auto Config modules consists of the following three phases (See Figure 5.1 on page 5-7):

■ Learning — Occurs immediately after a management module boots up and determines the shelf baseline by querying every installed module for its configurable parameters. During this phase, the Status LED of the management module and the Status LED of the module installed in slot 1 will both blink to indicate the management module is obtaining the configurable parameters. Next, the management module will sequentially step from slot 2 through slot 10, followed by the power supplies (slots 11 and 12). The learning process is complete when the Status LEDs on all application modules and the management module are no longer blinking. This process results in the management module configuration table stored in the new flash memory.

CHP-MW0x 2.015 4.020 2.3.0.0

CHP-MWVx 2.006 4.024 2.4.0.0

CHP-MWXx 2.006 4.024 2.4.0.0

CHP-OPM1 latest not supported

not supported

CHP-OPTSWITCH latest not supported

2.3.0.0

CHP-R2RR 2.000 4.000 2.3.0.0

CHP-R2RRFF latest not supported

2.4.0.0

CHP-R2RRXF latest not supported

2.6.0.0

CHP-R2RRXR latest not supported

2.6.0.0

CHP-R4RRXF latest 4.000 2.5.0.0

CHP-RFRX latest 4.000 2.4.0.0

CHP-RTX3 latest 4.000 2.4.0.0

CHP-RTX5 latest 4.000 2.4.0.0

CHP-Sxxx 1.003 5.008 2.5.0.0

CHP-XMOD latest not supported

2.4.0.0

* For best performance, use CMM-1 version 5.013 or later.




■ Monitoring — The steady state the management module enters when the shelf is operating at its baseline configuration and configuration parameters change infrequently or not at all. The application modules will be polled every 5 minutes.

■ Event Handling — State the management module enters when a module is removed or installed in the CHP shelf. If a replacement module is not installed within the 4 hour “age out time” period, the management module will repeat the learning phase to establish a new baseline.

Note The old module must be removed for a long enough period for the SMM-2 to discover that there has been a change before a new one is discovered.


Figure 7.1

Auto-configuration States

Remote MonitoringThe CHP Max SMM-2 (SNMP agent) enables monitoring and management of CHP Max equipment by communicating with an SNMP element manager with an appropriate configuration of IP addresses and management information bases (MIBs).

Management signals enter the SMM-2 module through the Ethernet port on the chassis rear panel (refer to Figure 1.2 on page 1-5). The SMM-2 directs the management signals to the appropriate application module.


CLI is also available via a Telnet session.


Figure 7.2

CHP Max System Management Module 2 (SMM-2)

The CHP Max SMM-2 allows you to set up, monitor, and control the CHP Max application modules, power supply/supplies, and fan module(s). The SMM-2 plugs into the CHP Max chassis, auto-discovers installed application modules, and monitors those modules. Front panel LEDs indicate whether power supply, fan, and application modules are operating within user-set limits.

The SMM-2 polls modules co-located in that management module's chassis and daisy-chained chassis for operating parameters and all modules for internal temperature and DC voltage alarms at fixed time intervals, reporting that information back to the user.

Note SMM-2 firmware upgrades of application modules may be service-affecting under certain circumstances, so ARRIS strongly recommends performing upgrades in a service maintenance window.


Indicators and Connectors

Figure 7.3

SMM-2 Front and Rear Panels

Table 7.2 SMM-2 Connectors and Status Indicators


Front Panel Connector

Mini-USB Connector Mini-USB connector. Connects to a laptop computer to provide an interface as a transport for protocols like Ethernet (Ethernet Over USB) or serial (Serial Over USB) devices.

In order to use the SMM-2 mini-USB front panel connector, the computer connected to the mini-USB connector must have special drivers installed in its operating system. Those drivers are contained in the drivers directory on the CD-ROM for CHP Max5000 System.

Rear Panel Connector

DC / Communication Connections

Multi-pin connector. Connects to chassis backplane. Carries DC power and communication signals into and out of the module.

Front Panel Indicators

Status LED Indicates the overall status of chassis, all other installed modules, backplane voltages, and internal temperature. Any minor or major alarms within any power supply or application module is also indicated.

■ Solid Green = All monitored functions within defined limits.■ Solid Yellow = One or more functions operating beyond minor alarm

threshold but has not exceeded the major threshold.■ Solid Red = One or more functions operating beyond major threshold.■ Off = Not defined.■ Blinking (any color) = LED blinks during initialization process.

Front View

PS 2Fans

Master

Mini-USB Connector

Status PS 1

Latch Release

Standby

LED Indicators

Rear View

DC / Communications Connections

Mode


PS 1 & PS 2 LEDs Indicates the status of the power supply installed in slot PS 1 or PS 2 slot, respectively.

■ Solid Green = All internal functions operating within set limits.■ Solid Yellow = One or more internal functions operating beyond a

minor alarm threshold but has not exceeded the major threshold.■ Solid Red = Power supply is not installed. Power supply not connected

to AC or DC power. One or more internal functions operating beyond a major alarm threshold.

■ Off = No module installed.■ Blinking (amber) = LED blinks during initialization process.

Fans LED Indicates whether fan currents are within set limits. ■ Solid Green = No alarms. All fan currents within defined limits.■ Solid Yellow = One fan has been removed or is operating beyond either

a major or minor alarm limit. Two or more fans are operating beyond a minor alarm limit.

■ Solid Red = Two or more fans have been removed or are operating beyond a major alarms threshold.

■ Blinking (amber) = LED blinks during initialization process.

Master LED Indicates mode of operation. ■ Solid Green = Master SMM-2 (provides northbound interface

[SNMP/CLI] for entire node)■ Blinking (amber) = LED blinks during initialization process.

Standby LED Future use.

Front Panel Control

Mode Future use.

Table 7.2 SMM-2 Connectors and Status Indicators




Figure 7.4

CHP Max Local Management and Monitoring

Communication Signals

USB between Command Line InterfaceThe Command Line Interface (CLI) used on a computer connected to the SMM-2 mini-USB connector, sends requests for information to the SMM-2. The SMM-2 returns information received from application modules back through the USB interface port for accessing through the CLI.

Serial Peripheral Interface BusThe SMM-2 sends the requests through the chassis SPI bus to the application modules and power supplies. The polled modules return requested information and alarms through the SPI bus to the SMM-2.

High Speed Bus (Not Used by All Modules)The SMM-2 sends the requests through the chassis’ Ethernet High Speed Bus to the application modules supporting high speed functionality. The polled modules return requested information and alarms through the High Speed Bus to the SMM-2.


DC PowerDC voltages from the power supply module(s) enter the SMM-2 through the multi-pin DC/Communications connector.

Installation/Replacement of the SMM-2

Equipment VerificationUnpack and remove the module from the shipping box. Return the packing material to the shipping container, and save it for future use. Verify that you have received the item shown on the packing material list. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your ARRIS representative or reseller for instructions.

Equipment InstallationTo install the SMM-2:

1. Gently insert the SMM-2 into the slot just to the left of the power supply module(s). Be careful to align the circuit card of the module with the metal guides on the top and bottom of the chassis.

2. Carefully slide the SMM-2 into the chassis until it is fully seated in the backplane. The latch on the front panel locks when the module is fully seated.

The SMM-2 is shipped with a default IPv4 address that must be changed by the operator as soon as this card is accessed for the first time.

SMM-2 Factory Default network information:


IPv4 address 192.168.1.1 (Ethernet RJ-45 connector)10.10.10.1 (Ethernet over USB connector, configurable under CHP System version 4.10 or later)192.168.1.2 (Ethernet over USB connector, non-configurable under CHP System version 4.9 or earlier)

Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 (Ethernet RJ-45 and Ethernet over USB connector)

Default Gateway 192.168.1.254 (Ethernet RJ-45 connector)

Recommended Test Manager IP Address

192.168.1.5 (Ethernet RJ-45 connector)10.10.10.5 (Ethernet over USB connector, CHP System version 4.10 or later)192.168.1.5 (Ethernet over USB connector, CHP System version 4.9 or earlier; refer to the following Note)


To remove the SMM-2:

Press upward on the latch release on the front panel (refer to Figure 5.3 on page 5-9) and slide the module out the front of the chassis.

Module Communication ConnectionsThere are two ways to connect to the SMM-2:

■ TELNET: Using the CHP chassis Ethernet RJ-45 port

■ USB Mode: Using the SMM-2's Mini-USB connector on the front panel of the module

TELNET Connection InstructionsTo make a TELNET connection:

1. From a laptop computer, change the local area connection information to the following:

IPv4 address: 192.168.1.5 (recommended setting)

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Default Gateway: 192.168.1.254

2. Connect an Ethernet cable from the laptop computer to the CHP chassis Ethernet RJ-45 port, as shown in Figure 7.5.

Note In CHP System version 4.10 or later, the IP address of Ethernet over USB mode is assigned (10.10.10.1) as the default and can be configured or changed. The SMM-2 management network must not be in the same subnet as the default IP address for the USB Ethernet mode to work.

In CHP System version 4.9 or earlier, the IP address of Ethernet over USB mode is hard-coded (192.168.1.2) as the default and cannot be configured or changed. The instructions below for the Ethernet over USB mode still apply, but can only be implemented using the 192.168.1.2 IP address in CHP System version 4.9 or earlier.

CAUTION In order to access the high speed functionality provided by the backplane, the SMM-2 must be installed in a chassis with a label containing CHP-CHASSIS-19U or CHP-CHASSIS-R-19U on the right front flange of the chassis and the optional Backplane Ethernet Switch (P/N CHP-BP-ETH-SW).

Note Status and control of modules will not be available when the SMM-2 is removed.

Note Initial communication must be established using the TELNET CONNECTION INSTRUCTIONS for an SMM-2 module shipped from the factory or any SMM2 that is configured for the 192.168.1.x network.


Figure 7.5

Laptop Computer to CHP Chassis Ethernet Connection

3. Open a Command Prompt window and type telnet 192.168.1.1, then press the Enter key.

4. At the login prompt, type admin, then press the Enter key.

5. At the password prompt, type admin, then press the Enter key.

To set the network information, proceed as follows:

1. 1. After login, at the [email protected]> prompt, type configure and press the Enter key.

2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set interfaces and press the <TAB> or <SPACE> followed by ?

3. to view all the parts of the IPv4 address command:

eth0 sets the IPv4 address

mask sets the IP subnet mask

gateway sets the default gateway


4. Press the Enter key after the all of the network information is complete

For example, set interfaces eth0 10.113.130.110 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 10.113.130.254 would be a complete entry, whereas just set interfaces eth0 10.113.130.110 would not be a complete entry.

5. At the [email protected]% prompt, type commit and press the Enter key. The SMM-2 will log you off the system and when you log back on, the [email protected] > prompt will reflect the new IPv4 address of the SMM-2.

USB Mode Connection InstructionsThe USB MODE connection can be established in two ways: via an Ethernet or serial port connection.

Ethernet ModeEthernet Over USB is the default USB Connection Mode for the SMM-2 as shipped from the factory starting with CHP System Release 4.7.0.0 (SMM-2 version 2.4.0.0).

In order to connect a laptop computer to the SMM-2 Mini-USB front panel connector in Ethernet mode, the operating system must have special drivers installed.

For Windows 7 and Windows 8, the drivers are included in the operating systems.

For Windows XP, the drivers are not included in the operating systems and must be installed from the drivers directory on CHP System Release CD.

1. From a laptop computer USB port, connect a standard USB 2.0 A Male to Mini-B 5-pin Male cable of any length to the SMM-2, as shown in Figure 5.6.

Note At the login prompt, the telnet session times out after 60 seconds of inactivity.

Note After logging in, the telnet session times out after 5 minutes of inactivity.

Note Login user name, passwords and CLI commands are case-sensitive.

Note After login, the following prompt appears: [email protected]>. This represents "show" mode. After entering "configuration" mode, the prompt becomes [email protected]%, that is, % replaces > to differentiate the operational modes.

Note The IPv4 address in the prompt reflects the IPv4 address of the SMM-2, so if the default IPv4 address (192.168.1.1) has been changed, the IPv4 address in the prompt is also changed (and an updated host name may also be displayed).

Note Changing the USB Mode, rebooting the SMM-2, or any other loss of connectivity between the laptop computer and the SMM-2 requires disconnecting and reconnecting the USB cable between the laptop computer and SMM-2 in order to reload the driver and reestablish connectivity.


Figure 7.6

SMM-2 to Computer Connection

2. After the SMM-2 is connected to the laptop computer, the OS will automatically search for the RNDIS Ethernet driver. After it fails to find the driver, the computer displays a message indicating that the driver is missing. To install the driver refer to the instructions below for your computer’s operating system (Windows 7, 8 or XP).

Windows 7 and Windows 8 RNDIS Ethernet Driver Installation1. Right-click on the Computer icon on your Desktop, select Manage and the Computer

Management window will appear.

2. From System Tools, select Device Manager and it will list the devices currently connected to the computer. In the list, RNDIS/Ethernet Gadget appears in the Other devices sub-list, which indicates that the driver has not been installed (refer to Figure 5.7).

3. Right-click on RNDIS/Ethernet Gadget, then select Update Driver Software... (refer to Figure 5.7).


Figure 7.7

Computer Management Window

4. When prompted to choose how to search for device driver software, select Browse my computer for driver software (refer to Figure 5.8).


Figure 7.8

How to Search Window

5. When “Browse for driver software on your computer” window appears, select Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my computer, then click on the Next button (refer to Figure 5.9).

Figure 7.9

Browse for Software Window

6. When a window appears asking to select the device type, select Network adapters, then click on the Next button (refer to Figure 5.10).


Figure 7.10

Select Device Type Window

7. When the Select Network Adapter window appears, from the Manufacturer list select Microsoft Corporation for computers running Windows 7 or select Microsoft for computers running Windows 8, then select Remote NDIS Compatible Device from the Network Adapter list and click on the Next button (refer to Figure 5.11).

Figure 7.11

Select Network Adapter Window

8. When the Update Driver Warning window appears, click on the Yes button to continue,


9. When the “Windows has successfully updated your driver software” message appears, the RNDIS driver has been installed. Click on the Close button (refer to Figure 5.12).

Figure 7.12

Successful Driver Software Update Window

10. After the USB Ethernet/RNDIS Gadget’s successful installation, the Gadget now appears under Network adapters in the Device Manager window (refer to Figure 5.13).


Figure 7.13

Device Manager Window After Successful USB Ethernet/RNDIS Gadget Installation

11. Select Start > Control Panel.

12. When the Control Panel window appears, click on the Network and Sharing Center.

13. When the Network and Sharing Center window appears, click on Change adapter settings in the left sidebar (refer to Figure 5.14).


Figure 7.14

Network and Sharing Center Window

14. When the next Network and Sharing Center window appears, click on Local Area Connection labeled “Unidentified network, RNDIS/Ethernet Gadget.” In this example, it happens to be Local Area Connection 2, but that number may be different on other computers (refer to Figure 5.15).

Figure 7.15

Network Connections Window

15. When the Local Area Connection Status window appears, click on the Properties button (refer to Figure 5.16).


Figure 7.16

Local Area Connection Status Window

16. When the Local Area Connection 2 Properties window appears, click on Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) (refer to Figure 5.17).

Figure 7.17

Local Area Connection 2 Properties Window

17. When the next Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties window appears, click on the Use the following IP address: option, then type the following addresses into the following fields (refer to Figure 5.18):


– IP address: 10.10.10.5

– Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

– Default gateway: 10.10.10.1

Figure 7.18

Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties Window

18. Click on the OK button.

Now you can use any telnet software (for example, PuTTY) to communicate via telnet with the SMM-2.

Windows XP RNDIS Driver Installation

1. When the Found New Hardware Wizard window appears, select the Yes, this time only option, then click on the Next button (refer to Figure 5.19).


Figure 7.19

Found New Hardware Wizard Window

2. When the next Found New Hardware Wizard window appears, select the Install from a list or specific location (Advanced) option (refer to Figure 5.20).

Figure 7.20

Found New Hardware Wizard Window for RNDIS/Ethernet Gadget Installation

3. When the next Found New Hardware Wizard window appears (refer to Figure 5.21), select the Search for the best driver in these locations option. Also, if you know where the driver resides, select the Include this location in the search check box, then use the Browse button to locate the driver.

4. Click on the Next button.


Figure 7.21

Choose Search and Installation Options

5. The wizard searches, then installs the driver. When the Found New Hardware Wizard window indicates that it “has finished installing the software for: USB Ethernet/RNDIS gadget,” click on the Finish button (refer to Figure 5.22).

Figure 7.22

Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard Window

6. Select Start > Control Panel.

7. When the Control Panel window appears, click on the Network Connections.

8. When the next Network Connections window appears, right- click on Local Area Connection 2 labeled “Unidentified network, RNDIS/Ethernet Gadget” and select Properties from the drop-down menu (refer to Figure 5.23).


Figure 7.23

Network Connections Window

9. When the Local Area Connection Properties window appears, click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) (refer to Figure 5.24).

Figure 7.24

Local Area Connection Properties Window


10. When the next Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window appears, click on the Use the following IP address: option, then type the following addresses into the following fields (refer to Figure 5.25):

– IP address: 10.10.10.5

– Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

– Default gateway: 10.10.10.1

Figure 7.25

Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties Window

11. Click on the OK button.

Now you can use any telnet software (for example, PuTTY) to communicate via telnet with the SMM-2.


1. After login, at the [email protected]> prompt, type configure and press the Enter key.

2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set interfaces and press the <TAB> or <SPACE> followed by ? to view all the parts of the IPv4 address command:




Note The [email protected]> prompt is an example and the prompt you are likely to see will be different.





Serial Port ModeWindows 7 Gadget Serial Driver Installation

In some versions of Windows 7, the Gadget Serial driver gets installed automatically when the USB serial cable is connected to the SMM-2. To verify this, check to see if Control Panel>Device Manger>Ports (COM & LPT)>Gadget Serial (COM#) is loaded.

In other versions of Windows 7, when the USB serial cable is connected to the SMM-2, you may see a message "Device driver software was not successfully installed" which will require a manual installation of the Gadget Serial driver.

Follow these steps to install the Gadget Serial driver:

1. The usbser.sys file is archived at different locations depending on the operating system (32-bit or 64-bit). As administrator, search for usbser.sys on the local C:\ drive.

For a 32-bit Intel machine usbser.sys may be located at C:\Windows\System32\DriverStore\FileRepository\mdmcpq.inf_x86_neutral_9f203c20b6f0dabd

For a 64-bit AMD machine, usbser.sys may be located at C:\Windows\System32\DriverStore\FileRepository\mdmcpq.inf_amd64_neutral_774523d133de6343

2. To search and find the usbser.sys file:

a. Open Windows Explorer and begin searching for usbser.sys from C:\Windows\System32\.

b. Select usbser.sys and right-click: Open file location.

c. Copy the usbser.sys file to the destination folder location as C:\Windows\System32\drivers.

SMM-2 Serial Mode Configuration

To change the USB connection mode to serial:

1. Connect and log onto the SMM-2, then enter configuration mode by typing configure and pressing the Enter key.

2. At the command prompt, type set CHPMAX5000-MIB chpMaxShelves chpUsbMode serial.

Note The SMM2 USB Serial driver which is distributed on the CHP System Release CD is very specific to Windows XP. The file gserial.inf is not needed on Windows 7.


3. At the command prompt, type commit.

4. At the command prompt, type reboot.

5. Wait for the SMM-2 to initialize.

SMM-2 Serial Mode Connection

1. From a laptop computer USB port, connect a standard USB 2.0 A Male to Mini-B 5-pin Male cable of any length to the SMM-2, as shown in Figure 7.5.

2. Start a terminal program, such as PuTTY (refer to Figure 5.26).

Figure 7.26

PuTTY Configuration Window

3. Click on the Serial button.

4. Determine the Serial line field COM port number from the Control Panel>Device Manager>Ports (COM & LPT)>Gadget Serial (COM#) and modify if necessary to match (refer to Figure 5.27).

Note To change the USB connection mode to Ethernet, replace "serial" with "ethernet" in step 2 and proceed with the remaining steps listed above.

Note The COM port number may change if the USB cable is moved to a different USB port on the laptop computer.


Figure 7.27

Device Manager Window

5. Press the Enter key and a login prompt will appear in the PuTTY terminal for logging into the SMM-2.

6. At the login prompt, type admin, then press the Enter key.

7. At the password prompt, type admin, then press the Enter key.



2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set interfaces and press the <TAB> or <SPACE> followed by ? to view all the parts of the IPv4 address command:





Note The [email protected]> prompt is an example and the prompt you are likely to see will be different.




Add SMM-2 to CORView’s Monitored DevicesAfter installing the RNDIS driver, you can add the SMM-2 and the modules reporting to the SMM-2 to the devices that the CORView Element Management Software monitors. To do so, proceed as follows.

1. Connect the computer running CORView to the SMM-2 (refer to Figure 7.5).

2. Click on the Add button in the lower left corner of the CORView window.

3. When the Add CHPMax5000 Device window appears (refer to Figure 5.28):

– Type the IP address of the device in the IP Address field.

– Type the port number of the port connection to the device in the Port field.

– The software generates a unique designation for the device. The designation appears in the Device Name field after you click in the window.

– Type the read-access password of the device (“public” is the default read-access password) in the Read Community String field, and type the write-access password of the device (“private” is the default write-access password) in the Write Community String field. (These strings enables the user to provide all operators with the read-only community string, but only the write community string when the operator has to set any read-write values on the CHP equipment.)

– Select the desired timeout value from the SNMP Timeout pull-down menu.

– Click the Add To SNMP Target Table check box to add or delete a check mark. Adding a check mark adds the device to the SNMP trap destination table. Deleting a check mark disables sending alarms to the client automatically.

– If you decide not to add the device to the Device List/Tree View, click on the Cancel button. Otherwise, click on the OK button and the SMM-2 and its associated modules will appear in CORView. Refer to the CORView user guides (part number 1502588 for CORView Enterprise and 1506672 for CORView Lite) for more detailed instructions concerning adding a device.


Figure 7.28

Add CHPMax5000 Device Window


CLI Commands

You can utilize the CLI commands to view and change various aspects of the CHP Chassis (refer to Figure 5.29).

Figure 7.29

Top Level CLI Commands (>)

Figure 5.30 lists the CLI commands that may be automatically invoked by just typing the first letter of the command. For example, simply typing h followed by <TAB> or <SPACE> automatically invoked the Help command.

Note Shortcuts for set and show are qset and qshow, respectively. If you copy and paste a previously invoked command into a qshow or qset operation, you must delete the equal sign (=) from the copy and pasted command before invoking the qshow or qset command. For example, if chpAllowFirmwareDownload = enable was the previously invoked command, then it would be invoked as follows if used with the qset command, that is without the equal-sign: qset chpAllowFirmwareDownload enable


Figure 7.30

Configuration Level CLI Commands (%)

IP AddressTo set the IP address, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set interfaces and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? to view all the parts of the IP Address command:

– eth0 <string>sets the IP address to the value contained in the <string>

– mask <string>sets the IP mask to the value contained in the <string>

– gateway <string>sets the gateway to the value contained in the <string>

3. Press the Enter key after the IP Address command string is complete with all of its parts, not just one or two parts. For example, set interfaces eth0 10.113.130.110 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 10.113.130.254 and not just set interfaces eth0 10.113.130.110.

4. At the [email protected]% prompt, type commit and press the Enter key.

The SMM-2 will log you off the system. When you log back on, the [email protected] prompt will reflect the new IP address of the SMM-2.

SNMPTo set SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol), proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set snmp and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? key to view the available SNMP command options:

– community to change the SNMP Community Strings

Note The following commands are administrator group command, except for the Help command, which may be used by all users.


– system to modify the SNMP system MIB variables.

– trap-dest to add an SNMP trap destination.

3. Press the Enter key after the SNMP command string is complete with its options.

NTPTo set NTP (Network Time Protocol), proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set ntp <string> and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? key to view the available NTP command options.

3. Press the Enter key after the NTP command string is complete with its options.

DateTo set the date, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set date and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? key to view the available Date command options.

3. Press the Enter key after the Date command string is complete with its options (the year is optional).

Time ZoneTo set the time zone, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set timezone and press the Enter key to view the available Time Zone command options:

– 1 Africa

– 2 Americas

– 3 Antarctica

– 4 Arctic Ocean

– 5 Asia

– 6 Atlantic Ocean

– 7 Australia

– 8 Europe

Note If NTP is used, as described above, the Date does not have to be set as described next.


– 9 Indian Ocean

– 10 Pacific Ocean

– 11 Quit without modifying time zone

3. Type the number corresponding to the time zone and press the Enter key to refine your selection.

HostnameTo set the hostname, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set hostname and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? key to view the available Hostname command options.

3. Press the Enter key after the Hostname command string is complete with its options.

PasswordTo set the password, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set password and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? key to view the available Password command options.

3. Press the Enter key after the Password command string is complete with its options.

SystemTo set the system, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set system and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? key to view the available System command options.

3. Press the Enter key after the System command string is complete with its options.


Add UserTo add users, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type add user and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? key to view the available Add User command options.

3. Press the Enter key after the Add User command string is complete with its options.


Delete UserTo delete users, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type delete user and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? key to view the available Delete User command options.

3. Press the Enter key after the Delete User command string is complete with its options.

DNSTo set the DNS (Domain Name System), proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set dns and press the <TAB> or <SPACE>? key to view the available DNS command options:

– host to change the DNS host

– host dns1 to change the DNS 1 host

– host dns2 to change the DNS 2 host.

– host dns3 to change the DNS 3 host.

3. Press the Enter key after the DNS command string is complete with its options.

Subtended ChassisShow, Set and Delete commands are available for managing subtended chassis.

Show displays a list of subtended chassis. To use the Show command, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type show shelf.

Set adds a subtended chassis. To use the Set command, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type set shelf <shelf##>.


Delete removes a subtended chassis. To use the Delete command, proceed as follows:


2. At the [email protected]% prompt, type delete shelf <shelf##>.



HelpTyping help followed by a command, displays a brief description of that command. For example, typing help ping displays a description of the ping command.

Basic Commands Related to MIBsFigure 5.31 displays the basic commands related to the ENTITY-MIB of the SMM-2

The following three windows display some of the basic commands related to the SMM-2 MIBs.


Figure 7.31

Basic Commands Related to ENTITY-MIB


Figure 5.32 displays the basic commands related to the CHPMAX5000-MIB of the SMM-2.

Figure 7.32

Basic Commands Related to chpSlotConfigTable MIB

Figure 5.33 displays the basic commands related to the SNMPv2-MIB of the SMM-2.

Figure 7.33

Basic Commands Related to SNMPv2-MIB

MIBs

ARRIS Developed MIBsThe SMM-2 monitors both enterprise and standard MIB objects for all modules. The ARRIS developed MIBs are listed in Table A.12, ARRIS Developed MIBs—page A-11. The CHPMAX5000-TC.mib must be loaded first and the remaining MIBs can be loaded in any order.


Common MIB OperationThe CHPMAX5000-MIB.mib allows the SNMP manager to view the overall status of all monitored chassis and modules. All modules are automatically discovered when plugged into a module slot in the CHP chassis. Removing a module requires you to physically remove the module and then send a reset slot command to the SMM-2. The SMM-2 will then remove the module from the configuration tables. Any module that is just removed from the slot will report a module down alarm.

Any chassis that is physically removed from the RS-485 bus will report a chassis down alarm. In order to remove the chassis from the configuration, the shelfrem command must be issued from the Telnet window. All chassis configuration additions and removals are done via the password protected Telnet interface on the SMM-2 Controller module. When the chassis is removed via Telnet it will no longer be managed, even if it is plugged in. Any chassis that is configured without actually being connected to the RS-485 bus will raise an alarm that the chassis is down. This aids in configuration of the CHP Site. When a chassis is marked down it will continue to be polled at a reduced rate until it is removed from the configuration. Because of this reduced polling rate, when the chassis is no longer down it could take up to 2 minutes to be recognized, then standard polling of the shelf and modules will begin. If a chassis is reconnected and added in Telnet, the chassis is automatically discovered within 20 seconds.


The Standard MIBs are listed in Table A.13, Standard IETF MIBs—page A-14 and Table A.14, Standard HMS MIBs—page A-14.

CHP SNMP Management

CHP Site ManagementSlot-Hardware-MIB Associations for Virtual Slot 00 details the Slot-Hardware-MIB associations needed in order to manage a CHP chassis. A CHP site is made up of up to 10 chassis connected on the RS-485 bus. Each CHP chassis is indexed by the configured SMM-2 shelf address (CMM-1 shelf address). To get general information about the status of a CHP chassis you need to parse in the ARRIS Common MIB file. The ARRIS common shelf MIB is indexed by the factory configured SMM-2 address. This address can be found by reading the Entity MIB physical table. The chassis information is reported to be in virtual slot 00. A CHP


Site is made up of one or more CHP chassis. There can be many CHP sites reporting to a single network management platform via the SMM-2. Each SMM-2 is identified by a unique IP Address, which is configured via the SMM-2's Telnet interface.

CHP Chassis/Slot ManagementThe following table details the Slot-Hardware-MIB associations for the CHP chassis slots 1 through 10. Each slot can contain a field replaceable application module. To access the information for a transmitter or receiver, all of the SCTE-HMS cores MIBs (SCTE-ROOT, SCTE-HMS-ROOTS, SCTE-HMS-PROPERTY-MIB, SCTE-HMS-HEADENIDENT-MIB) as well as the specific MIBs for the transmitters (SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-TRANSMITTER-MIB) and receivers (SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-RECEIVER) should be parsed in.

To manage the general slot status the ARRIS Common MIB can be used and is indexed by the physical entity MIB index, which is determined by combining the factory configured SMM-2 shelf address and the specific slot address. To manage the ARRIS proprietary MIBs and alarms, the ARRIS transmitter MIBs (CHP-TX.mib) and receiver MIBs (CHPRX-MIB.mib) need to be parsed in.

EPON OLT Module Slots

CHP Shelf Virtual

slot index

Possible Hardware

Types




Slot 00 The CHP Chassis (Shelf)

entPhysicalTable No HMS shelf MIBs

chpCommonMIBchpMaxShelveschpShelfConfigTablechpShelfStatusTablechpSlotConfigTablechpSlotStatusTable

Table 7.3 Slot-Hardware-MIB Associations for Application Modules (slots 1 through 10)

CHP Shelf Virtual

Slot index

Possible Hardware

Types




Slots 01-10 The CHP Chassis (Shelf)

entPhysicalTable HMS shelf MIBs chpCommonMIBchpSlotConfigTablechpSlotStatusTable


Power Supply and Fan Module Slots

SMM-2 Controller Module


Refer to Appendix B for information on the CHP Traps.

Table 7.4 Slot-Hardware-MIB Associations for Power Supply (slots 11 and 12) and Fan Bay (slot 13)

CHP Shelf Virtual Slot

index

Possible Hardware

Types




Slots11 (upper) or 12 (lower)

DC Power Supply / AC Power Supply

entPhysicalTable hePsMIBObjectshePsOutputTablehePsUnitTable



Slot 13 Fans entPhysicalTable heCommonTableheFanMIBObjects

heFanStatusTableheFanUnitTable


Table 7.5 Slot-Hardware-MIB Associations for Controller Module

CHP Shelf

Virtual Slot

index

Possible Hardware

Types




Slot 15Electrical

SMM-2 entPhysicalTablesystemMIBsnmpDomainssnmpModules

snmpMIBsnmpFrameworksnmpMPDMIB

snmpTargetObjectssnmpTargetAddrTablesnmpTargetParamsTablesnmpNotifyTable

heCommonTableheCommonLog

chpCommonMIB

chpSlotConfigTable

chpSlotStatusTableCHPSMM-MIB

smmParamTable

smmControlTablesmmStatusTable

smmSubratedTable


SNMP Configuration and Operation

Manager SetupLoad the required MIBs based on the type of modules in your system. Configure the Manager to communicate to set the IP address of the SNMP agent. ARRIS recommends using CORView Element Manager Software.

NMS OperationsElement management is achieved by a customer-provided NMS using the ARRIS or a third-party SNMP manager package. The basic operations performed by the NMS are gets, sets, and traps. CORView can provide consolidated configuration, status, and alarming information.

Traps and AlarmsRefer to Figure 5.34 for the operational sequence of the trap operation. A trap is a way for an agent to tell the NMS that a predefined event has occurred, typically generating an alarm. A trap originates from the agent and is sent to the trap destination, as configured within the frame agent itself. The trap destination is typically the IP address of the NMS. No acknowledgment is sent from the NMS to the agent, so the agent has no way of knowing if the trap makes it to the NMS.

Figure 7.34

Trap Command Sequence Diagram

All SNMP traps are HMS enterprise traps based on the SCTE-HMS standard. The trap variables that are supported by the SCTE-HMS-HE-COMMON-MIB (ANSI/SCTE 84-1 2009) file have been extended and ARRIS is including a chpHeadendCommon.MIB MIB that includes three trap variables in addition to the trap variables supported by the HMS standard. The HMS standard uses one trap (OID of 1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.1.0) and its variable bindings contain the information about the problem that caused the trap.

Table 7.6 Description of HMS Trap (heCommonAlarmEvent


heCommonLogIndex Integer32 An index that uniquely identifies an entry in the log table.

heCommonLogOID OBJECT IDENTIFIER The specific OID of the object that has changed alarm state.

heCommonLogValue Integer32 The value of the object at the time it changed alarm state.

heCommonLogState INTEGER The new alarm state of the object which caused the event to be recorded into the log.

The agent detects that a predetermined event has occurred and sends a trap PDU to the

NMS Agent


SMM-2 polls modules at fixed intervals for alarm information and reports information when an alarm state has changed. The following notifications are supported:

■ heCommonAlarmEvent

■ entConfigChange

■ hmsDownloadStatus

■ coldStart

■ warmStart

■ authenticationFailure

CORView Element Manager Software CORView Element Manager Software provides a variety of ways to monitor alarms.

heCommonLogTime DateAndTime This is the time when the alarm change for the object occurred.

heCommonLogText DisplayString This is a text field describing the alarm. This field could be a zero length string in certain agent implementations.

heCommonLogModuleIdOID

OBJECT IDENTIFIER This is the module ID OID as found in the Physical Entity table of the object that has changed alarm state.

heCommonLogCardType DisplayString This is a card type as described in the Physical Entity table.

heCommonLogAlias DisplayString This is an alias value as described in the Physical Entity table.

Trap MIB

heCommonAlarmEvent SCTE-HMS-HECOMMON-MIB (ANSI/SCTE 84-1 2009)

entConfigChange ENTITY-MIB (1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1)

hmsDownloadStatus SCTE-HMS-DOWNLOAD-MIB

coldStart SNMPv2-MIB

warmStart SNMPv2-MIB

authenticationFailure SNMPv2-MIB

Table 7.6 Description of HMS Trap (heCommonAlarmEvent



■ The Active Alarms panel, which is located in the lower right section of the CORView Element Manager Window (refer to Figure 5.35) lists the number of active alarms in the upper right corner of the panel and provides the following information in tabular format regarding the various alarms associated with the units installed in the device currently selected in the Device List/Tree View panel:

– Severity – A virtual LED indicates the severity of the alarm (red for major alarms and yellow for minor alarms).

– Date/Time – Displays the date and time the alarm was received.

– Alarm Description – Displays the description of the alarm.

– Chassis Address – Displays the address of the chassis where the alarm occurred.

– Instance – Displays the location of the module (for example, slot number of chassis) where the alarm occurred.

– Module Type – Displays the type of the module associated with the alarm.

– Module Name – Displays the name of the module associated with the alarm.

Figure 7.35

CORView Element Manager Window


■ The Network Alarms panel, which is located in the lower left corner of the CORView Element Manager Window (refer to Figure 5.35), graphically represents the number of current major and minor network alarms reported to CORView. A red bar represents the major alarms and a yellow bar represents the minor alarms.

■ The Faults Menu of CORView Element Manager Window (refer to Figure 5.35)provides the following menu selections related to alarms reported to the software:

– Faults > Alarm History allows you to generate and view an Alarm History Report.

– Faults > Active Alarms causes CORView to display the alarms that are currently active.

– Faults > Trap Destination Table allows you to have alarm traps sent to a maximum of 16 specific locations when they occur.

For more information, refer to the CORView Enterprise Element Management Software or CORView Lite Element Management Software User’s Guides, part numbers 1502588 and 1506672, respectively.

Operational GuidelinesAdhere to the following guidelines with regards to operating the SMM-2.

■ When changing the community strings, modify all three strings (ReadWriteCommunity, ReadOnlyCommunity and TrapCommunity) for security reasons. (For instruction on how to change community strings, refer to “SNMP “on page 5-35.)

■ Set the date and time parameters to avoid password expiration upon each login. Setting the date and time parameters may be accomplished manually via the “date” command or automatically via the ntp configuration.

■ During system initialization, “commits” for changes to the system configuration parameter may be blocked. Delay making changes until the ENTITY-MIB display is consistent with currently installed modules.

■ One command covers the configuration of the network. The set-interface command configures the IP, netmask, and gateway (refer to “IP Address” on page 5-35).

■ Do not use the two auxiliary RJ-45 connectors to access the SMM-2 or the other modules installed in the CHP chassis. Doing so may result in unpredictable behavior due to network collisions.

Upgrade Procedures

The following procedures describe how to download and install SMM-2 software upgrades using ftp.

1. Telnet to SMM-2 (admin is the user name and password).

2. At the admin@smm-2_ip_address% prompt, type set CHPMAX5000-MIB chpMaxShelves chpAllowFirmwareDownload enable (chpAllowFirmwareDownload must be enabled in order for the upgrade to work).


a. Type configure (to enter the CLI configuration mode).

b. Type set CHPMAX5000-MIB chpMaxShelves chpAllow.

c. At the admin@smm-2_ip_address% prompt, type commit

3. From any PC, open a DOS command tool window (select Start > Run and type cmd) to initiate an FTP command. Most systems have the function to FTP files from the computer to another device on the Local Network. If FTP does not function on your computer, contact your network administrator to have it turned on.

4. In the open DOS command window, use the cd command to get to the directory where the files to be downloaded to the SMM-2 are located.

5. Type ftp command followed by the IP address of your SMM-2 module. The FTP session will be established and ready to accept a new user name. The user name is anonymous, and the default password is anonymous.

6. Upgrading requires the binary mode to transfer files. In the FTP program, type bin to set the transfer mode to binary.

7. To put a file from the local PC directory you simply type in the command put followed by the file name that you want to transfer from the PC to the SMM-2.

8. The requested file action successful message indicates that the file has been successfully transferred to the SMM-2’s file system. Once the file is in the SMM-2, the upgrade is in process. The SMM-2 must be reset following completion of the upgrade in order for the upgrade to take effect.

9. Return to the SMM-2 CLI by telnetting to smm2 and at the admin@smm-2_ip_address% prompt, type show CHPMAX5000-MIB chpSlotStatusTable chpSlotStatusEntry 115 chpSlotStatusFWDownload to determine if the download was completed.

10. If completed, type conf to enter the configuration mode.

11. Reset the SMM-2 by typing reboot.

SMM-2 Specifications

Table 7.7 SMM-2 Specifications


Electrical

Power 2.5 W

Connectors

RS-485 (Shelf Interconnect) 38.4 kbps

RJ-45 Ethernet 10/100 Mbps

Serial Peripheral Interface Bus 4800 kbps


Mini-USB USB 2.0

Mechanical

Dimensions (W x H x D) 4.5 x 3.4 x 16.75 in. (11.4 x 8.6 x 42.5 cm)

Weight 24 oz. (680 g)

Environmental

Operational Temperature 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)


Table 7.7 SMM-2 Specifications



1508685 Rev D

A P P E N D I X A

CHP MAX MONITORABLE ATTRIBUTESCHP Max parameters can be monitored by accessing MIB objects via the SMM module's SNMP Agent. The proprietary ARRIS MIB files are on the released CHP System CD or can be downloaded from the ARRIS support web site. The MIB type indicates if the attribute is ARRIS proprietary (ENTERPRISE) or if the attribute is contained in one of the standard IETF or standard SCTE HMS MIBs supported by the CHP Max.

Table A.1 SMM-2 Parameters

Attribute Parameter MIB Object MIB Type

SMM Param Voltage

Major LowMinor LowMinor HighMajor High

smmParamVoltage ENTERPRISE

Table A.2 CMM(-1)/SMM(-1) Parameters


Module Identification

Serial NumberProduction DateFirmware VersionHardware VersionService Tracking Number

entPhysicalSerialNumchpSlotConfigModuleProductDateentPhysicalSoftwareReventPhysicalHardwareRevchpSlotStatusModuleServiceNum

STANDARDENTERPRISESTANDARDSTANDARDENTERPRISE

Monitorable Parameters

Backplane Voltage: 12VDC Backplane Voltage: 5VDC Backplane Voltage: 3.3VDC Backplane Voltage: –5VDC Internal Temperature

cmmParamVoltagecmmParamVoltagecmmParamVoltagecmmParamVoltageheCommonTemperature

ENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISESTANDARD

CHP Max Monitorable Attributes A-1

Status AlarmBytesRelayEnableStatus and State

Front Panel Shelf StatusShelf StatusModule Alarm InfoCraftStatusReset Cause

cmmStatusCmmAlarmscmmControlRelayTriggercmmStatusRelaycmmControlShelfcmmStatusShelfAlarmscmmStatusShelfAlarmscmmStatusCraftchpSlotStatusModuleResetCause

ENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISE

Threshold Major LowMinor LowMinor HighMajor High

analogAlarmLOLOanalogAlarmLOanalogAlarmHIanalogAlarmHIHI

STANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARD

Alarm States Value of AlarmState can be Major Low, Minor Low, Minor High, or Major High.

currentAlarmState STANDARD

Alarm Enable States

AlarmEnable can enabled/disabled for the following alarms: Major Low, Minor Low, Minor High, Major High.

alarmEnable STANDARD

Deadbands Deadbands may be set for each monitorable parameter.

analogAlarmDeadband STANDARD

Firmware Upgrades

Boot VersionDownload Version

entPhysicalFirmwareReventPhysicalFirmwareRev

STANDARDSTANDARD

Alarm Bytes AlarmBytes cmmAlarmCMMStatus ENTERPRISE

Table A.3 C2-MW0X and C2-MWVX Parameters


Laser Temperature


heOpTxLaserTemp ENTERPRISE

Laser Bias Current


heOpTxLaserBiasCurrent ENTERPRISE

RF Laser Drive


tx2RfConfigLaserDrive ENTERPRISE

Table A.2 CMM(-1)/SMM(-1) Parameters (cont’d)


A-2 CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies 1508685 Rev D

RF Gain Major LowMinor LowMinor HighMajor High

tx2RfConfigGain ENTERPRISE

Gain Actual Major LowMinor LowMinor HighMajor High

tx2RfConfigGainActual ENTERPRISE

Laser Drive Actual


tx2RfConfigLaserDriveActual ENTERPRISE

RF Input Power


heOpTxInputRfPower ENTERPRISE

TEC Cooling Current


tx2StatusTECCurrent ENTERPRISE

TEC Heating Current


tx2StatusTECHeatingCurrent ENTERPRISE

EML Output Current


heOpTxLaserOutputPower ENTERPRISE

EDFA Bias Current


heOpAmpLaserBiasCurrent ENTERPRISE

Optical Power


heOpAmpLaserOutputPower ENTERPRISE

Discrete Alarms

Laser Button is Off

Major tx2StatusLaserButton ENTERPRISE

Table A.3 C2-MW0X and C2-MWVX Parameters


1508685 Rev D CHP Max Monitorable Attributes A-3

Table A.4 CHP-FTX(-XL)/CHP-FTX-D(XL)/CHP-GFXF-D/CHP-GFX-D(XL)/CHP-GFXV-D/CHP-GFXV-1291/CHP-GQTX/CHP-XMOD/CHP-GMOD/CHP-RTX3/CHP-RTX5 Parameters



Serial NumberProduction DateFirmware VersionHardware VersionWavelengthLaserTypeServiceTrackingNumber

entPhysicalSerialNumchpSlotConfigModuleProductDateentPhysicalSoftwareReventPhysicalHardwareRevheOpTxLaserWavelengthheOpTxLaserTypechpSlotStatusModuleServiceNum

STANDARDENTERPRISESTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDENTERPRISE


Optical PowerInternal TemperatureLaser Bias CurrentLaser TemperatureRF Status

heOpTxLaserOutputPowerheCommonTemperatureheOpTxLaserBiasCurrentheOpTxLaserTemptxInputRFLevel

STANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDENTERPRISE

Status Laser On/Off StatusRF Input StatusAGC StatusAlarmBytesLaser Button StatusLaser and TEC Shutdown CauseFront Panel Control StatusReset Cause

heOpTxLaserOnOffControltxInputRFLevelheOpTxInputAGCModetxStatusAlarmBytetxStatusLaserButtontxStatusLaserShutdownCausechpSlotConfigModuleFrontPanelchpSlotStatusModuleResetCause

STANDARDENTERPRISESTANDARDENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISE






Alarm Enable States





Firmware Upgrades



STANDARDSTANDARD


Table A.5 D2RRX Parameters


Rx1 Optical Input Power


heOpRxInputPower ENTERPRISE

Discrete Alarms

Optical Data Status is Corrupt

Major rx2StatusOpticalData ENTERPRISE

Table A.6 CHP-RFRX/CHP-GFRX/CHP-2RRX/CHP-R2RR/CHP-D1RRX/CHP-L2RR Parameters



Serial NumberProduction DateFirmware VersionHardware VersionWavelengthServiceTrackingNumber

entPhysicalSerialNumchpSlotConfigModuleProductDateentPhysicalSoftwareReventPhysicalHardwareRevheOpRxInputWavelengthControlchpSlotStatusModuleServiceNum

STANDARDENTERPRISESTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDENTERPRISE


Optical Input PowerInternal TemperatureRF Output (RFRX & GFRX)RF Current (D1RRX)

heOpRxInputPowerheCommonTemperatureheOpRxOutputPowerrxChStatusRfCurrent

STANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDENTERPRISE

Status On/Off StatusAttenuation LevelRF StatusAlarm BytesLow LevelFront Panel Control StatusReset CauseMode of Operation (RFRX/GFRX)Optical Data Status (D1RRX)Rx Mode of Operation (D1RRX)Maintenance Mode (R2RR)

rxChCtlRfStatusheOpRxOutputRFPadLevelrxChSpecificRfStatusrxStatusAlarmByterxChCtlLowLevelchpSlotConfigModuleFrontPanelchpSlotStatusModuleResetCauserxStatusModeOfOperationrxStatusOpticalDatarxStatusModeOfOperationrxChCtlMaintenanceMode

ENTERPRISESTANDARDENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISE







Alarm Enable States





Firmware Upgrades



STANDARDSTANDARD

Table A.6 CHP-RFRX/CHP-GFRX/CHP-2RRX/CHP-R2RR/CHP-D1RRX/CHP-L2RR Parameters



Table A.7 CHP-EDFA/CHP-EDFA-CG Parameters



Serial NumberDate of ProductionFirmware RevisionHardware RevisionPump Laser TypeServiceTrackingNumber

entPhysicalSerialNumchpSlotConfigModuleProductDateentPhysicalSoftwareReventPhysicalHardwareRevheOpAmpLaserTypechpSlotStatusModuleServiceNum

STANDARDENTERPRISESTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDENTERPRISE


Internal TemperaturePer Output Optical PowerPump Laser Bias CurrentPump Laser TemperatureInput Optical PowerOutput Optical Gain (Constant Gain Per Wavelength Per Output)

heCommonTemperatureheOpAmpOutputPowerheOpAmpLaserBiasCurrentheOpAmpLaserTempheOpAmpInputPowerheOpAmpGainPerWavelength

STANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARD

Status Module On/Off StatusFront Panel Control StatusReset CauseOutput Gain Control Mode

heOpAmpUnitOutputStatuschpSlotConfigModuleFrontPanelchpSlotStatusModuleResetCauseheOpAmpGainType

STANDARDENTERPRISEENTERPRISESTANDARD






Alarm Enable States





Firmware Upgrades



STANDARDSTANDARD


Table A.8 GAMP/GAMP3 Parameters



Serial NumberDate Of ProductionFirmware RevisionHardware RevisionService Tracking Number

entPhysicalSerialNumchpSlotConfigModuleProductDateentPhysicalSoftwareReventPhysicalHardwareRevchpSlotStatusModuleServiceNum

STANDARDENTERPRISESTANDARDSTANDARDENTERPRISE


Internal TemperatureRF GainGain Difference for Narrowcast Port 1 (GAMP3 only)Gain Difference for Narrowcast Port 2 (GAMP3 only)Tilt (GAMP3 only)

heCommonTemperaturechpRFAmpGainchpRFAmpNCGainDiff1

chpRFAmpNCGainDiff2

chpRFAmpTilt

STANDARDENTERPRISEENTERPRISE

ENTERPRISE

ENTERPRISE

Status Reset CauseRF Input StatusAGC Mode

chpSlotStatusModuleResetCausechpRFAmpInputStatuschpRFAmpAGCMode

ENTERPRISEENTERPRISEENTERPRISE






Alarm Enable States





Firmware Upgrades



STANDARDSTANDARD


Table A.9 Power Supply Parameters



Serial NumberProduction DateFirmware VersionHardware VersionMain Power DCMain Power ACServiceTrackingNumber

entPhysicalSerialNumchpSlotConfigModuleProductDateentPhysicalSoftwareReventPhysicalHardwareRevhePsUnitVoltageInhePsUnitVoltageInchpSlotStatusModuleServiceNum

STANDARDENTERPRISESTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDENTERPRISE


12VDC5VDC3.3VDC-5VDCInternal TemperatureFan 1Fan 2

hePsOutputVoltagehePsOutputVoltagehePsOutputVoltagehePsOutputVoltageheCommonTemperatureheFanStatusCurrentheFanStatusCurrent

STANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARDSTANDARD

Status Alarm BytesLast Reset CauseMain Power (AC) Status

psStatusAlarmBytechpSlotStatusModuleResetCause—

ENTERPRISEENTERPRISE






Alarm Enable States





Firmware Upgrades



STANDARDSTANDARD


Table A.10 Fan Parameters



Hardware VersionServiceTrackingNumber

entPhysicalHardwareRevchpSlotStatusModuleServiceNum

STANDARDENTERPRISE


The response shall be in the following order: Fan 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

heFanStatusCurrent STANDARD

Status Alarm Bytes cmmStatusFanAlarms ENTERPRISE

Fan Current Threshold






Alarm Enable States





Firmware Upgrades



STANDARDSTANDARD

Table A.11 Parameters Common to All Modules


Slot Down Major chpSlotStatusPhysicalState ENTERPRISE

Slot Empty Major chpSlotStatusPhysicalState ENTERPRISE

Slot Unknown

Major chpSlotStatusPhysicalState ENTERPRISE

Module Mismatch

Major chpSlotStatusPhysicalState ENTERPRISE



heCommonTemperature ENTERPRISE


ARRIS Developed MIBsThe management module monitors both enterprise and standard MIB objects for all modules. The ARRIS developed MIBs are listed in Table A.12. The chpCommon.mib must be loaded first and the remaining MIBs can be loaded in any order.

Table A.12 ARRIS Developed MIBs

ARRIS Part Number

MIB File Name MIB Structures/Tables Supported

Description

1503556-005 CHPMAX5000-TC.mib chpTextualConventionMIB

CHPMAX5000-TC.mib contains the textual conventions for ARRIS proprietary MIBs.

862800-012 CHPMAX5000-MIB.mib chpCommonchpShelfConfigTablechpShelfStatusTablechpSlotConfigTablechpSlotStatusTable,chpSMMType

CHPMAX5000-MIB.mib has all information common to the system and needs to be parsed in first. The other MIB files import information contained in chpCommon.

862794-010 CHPTX-MIB.mib chpTxMIBtxStatusTable,txInputTabletxRfConfigTabletxOutputTabletxXmodTabletxDistortiontabletx2statusTabletx2RfConfigTabletx2DistortionTable

CHPTX-MIB.mib contains all proprietary ARRIS information to manage a transmitter.

862795-009 CHPRX-MIB.mib chpRxMIBrxStatusTable,rxChCtlTablerxChStatusTablerx2StatusTablerxConfigTablerxRedundancyTable

CHPRX-MIB.mib contains all proprietary ARRIS information to manage a receiver.

862797-006 CHPPOWERSUPPLY-MIB.mib


CHPPOWERSUPPLY-MIB.mib contains all proprietary ARRIS information to manage the AC or DC power supplies.

862799-005 CHPCMM-MIB.mib chpCmmMIBcmmParamTable,cmmControlTable,cmmStatusTable

CHPCMM-MIB.mib contains all proprietary ARRIS information to manage a CMM controller card.

1500574-007 SCTE-HMS-HE-COMMON-MIB.mib

heCommonAlarmEventheCommonTableheCommonLog

chpHeadendCommonMIB provides additional information for alarm traps and notifications.

1502180-006 CHP-RF-AMP-MIB.mib chpRfAmpMIBchpRFAmpTable

CHP-RF-AMP-MIB.mib provides additional parameters for RF amplifiers not covered by standard HMS RF Amplifier MIBs


1504158-003 SCTE-HMS-PROPERTY-MIB.mib

propertyMibpropertyTablecurrentAlarmTablediscretePropertyTable

SCTE-HMS-PROPERTY-MIB.mib provides additional information regarding the timestamp of active alarms.

1506581-002 CHPEPON-MIB eponConfigurationTableeponIfTable

CHPEPON-MIB contains proprietary ARRIS information to manage an EPON OLT application module.

1506582-002 CHPSMM-MIB smmParamTablesmmControlTablesmmStatusTable

CHPSMM-MIB contains proprietary ARRIS information to manage SMM-2 controller card elements previously found in CHPCMM-MIB on SMM and SMM-1 controller modules.

1507715 CHP-OPTICAL-SWITCH-MIB.mib

chpOpSwitchUnitTable CHP-OPTICAL-SWITCH-MIB.mib contains proprietary ARRIS information to manage an optical switch.

SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-SWITCH-MIB.mib

heOpSwitchInputTableheOpSwitchOutputTable

SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-SWITCH-MIB.mib contains standard information to manage an optical switch.

Table A.12 ARRIS Developed MIBs (cont’d)

ARRIS Part Number


Description


Common MIB OperationThe chpCommon MIB allows the SNMP manager to view the overall status of all monitored chassis and modules. All modules are automatically discovered when plugged into a module slot in the CHP chassis. Removing a module requires you to physically remove the module and then send a reset slot command to the SMM. The SMM will then remove the module from the configuration tables. Any module that is just removed from the slot will report a module down alarm.

Any chassis that is physically removed from the RS-485 bus will report a chassis down alarm. In order to remove the chassis from the configuration, the shelfrem command must be issued from the Telnet window. All chassis configuration additions and removals are done via the password protected Telnet interface on the SMM Controller module. When the chassis is removed via Telnet it will no longer be managed, even if it is plugged in. Any chassis that is configured without actually being connected to the RS-485 bus will raise an alarm that the chassis is down. This aids in configuration of the CHP Site. When a chassis is marked down it will continue to be polled at a reduced rate until it is removed from the configuration. Because of this reduced polling rate, when the chassis is no longer down it could take up to

1506970 ARRIS-FIBERNODE-MIB.mib

nodeEntityTablenodeStatusTable nodeConfigTable nodeSlotStatusTablenodeSlotStatusTablenodeRxStatusTablenodeRFActiveStatusTablenodeRFPortMasterStatusTablenodeRFPortStatusTablenodeRFABSwitchStatusTablenodePSSupplyStatusTablenodePSOutputStatusTablenodePSOutputStatusTablenodeRetRxStatusTablenodeOptABSwitchStatusTablenodeOptPassiveStatusTable

ARRIS-FIBERNODE-MIB.mib contains proprietary ARRIS information to manage Fibernodes connected to a CHP-D2RRX-xx-xx-S within a CHP chassis managed by SMM-2 controller card.

1507917-001 CCOR-ROOT.mib CCOR-MIB.mib contains proprietary ARRIS information defining the top level MIB definitions for ARRIS's HFC products for both inside and outside plant operation.

Table A.12 ARRIS Developed MIBs (cont’d)

ARRIS Part Number


Description


2 minutes to be recognized, then standard polling of the shelf and modules will begin. If a chassis is reconnected and added in Telnet, the chassis is automatically discovered within 20 seconds.


Table A.13 Standard IETF MIBs

MIB File MIB Structures/Tables supported MIB Description

rfc located at http://www.ietf.org/rfc.htmlParsable standard MIBs located at http://www.icir.org/fenner/mibs/mib-index.html

rfc1907-SNMPv2-MIB Mib-2systemsnmpGroupsnmpBasicNotificationsGroup

The base for the SNMP system information.

rfc2578-SNMPv2-SMI mgmt.Mib-2.private enterprises.snmpV2

The root tree for all SNMP SMIv2 MIBs.

rfc2737-entityMIB entityMIBentityPhysicalentityMIBTraps

The CHP Max module designations and equipment list.

rfc2573-SNMP-Target-MIB

snmpTargetMIBsnmpTargetAddrTablesnmpTargetParamsTable

snmpNotificationMIBsnmpNotifyTable

Implemented for the Target table to establish trap destinations.

Table A.14 Standard HMS MIBs

MIB Name Description1

SCTE HMS standard MIBs are located at http://www.scte.org/standards/index.cfm?pID=59

Root Structure of SCTE MIBs

ANSI/SCTE 36 2002R2007 (formerly HMS 028)

SCTE-ROOT MIB definitions http://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2036%202002R2007.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/hms028R6.MIB%20Pre-final%201-11.mib

ANSI/SCTE 37 2010 (formerly HMS 072)

Hybrid Fiber/Coax Outside Plant Status Monitoring SCTE-HMS-ROOTS MIB definitionhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2037%202010.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/HMS072R10_wg1.txt


ANSI/SCTE 38-1 2009 (formerly HMS 026)

Hybrid Fiber/Coax Outside Plant Status Monitoring SCTE-HMS-PROPERTY-MIB Management Information Base (MIB) Definitionhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2038-1%202009.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/standards/approved/hms023R14.txt


HMS Headend MIB: SCTE-HMS-HEADENDIDENT-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2038-11%202008.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/HMS114R11_wg1.txt

MIB used for downloading the SMM images to the module


Hybrid Fiber/Coax Outside Plant Status Monitoring SCTE-HMS-DOWNLOAD-MIB definitionhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2038_8%202009.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/hms063R6.mib%20pre-final%201-11.txt

Following MIBs are used by Inside Plant headend equipment to manage CHP modules

ANSI/SCTE 83-1 2006(formerly HMS 108)

HMS Inside Plant MIB Part 1: SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICS-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2083_1%202006.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/HMS108R13.mib


HMS Common Inside Plant MIB SCTE-HMS-HE-RF-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2083_4%202009.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/HMS133R1.txt


HMS Common Inside Plant MIB Part 1: SCTE-HMS-HE-COMMON-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2084_1%202009.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/HMS111R9.mib


HMS Inside Plant MIB SCTE-HMS-HE-POWER-SUPPLY-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2084_2%202009.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/SCTE-HMS-HE-POWER-SUPPLY_MIB.txt


HMS Inside Plant MIB SCTE-HMS-HE-FAN-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2084_3%202009.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/SCTE-HMS-HE-FAN-MIB.txt


HMS HE Optics MIB Part 1: SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-TRANSMITTER-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2085_1%202009.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/HMS112R10.txt

Table A.14 Standard HMS MIBs (cont’d)




HMS HE Optics MIB Part 2: SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-RECEIVER-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2085_2%202009.pdfhttp://www.scte.org/documents/mib/HMS113R6.txt


HMS Inside Plant MIB SCTE-HMS-HE-OPTICAL-AMPLIFIER-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2085_3%202009.pdf


HMS Common Inside Plant MIB SCTE-HMS-HE-RF-AMP-MIBhttp://www.scte.org/documents/pdf/standards/ANSI_SCTE%2094_1%202009.pdf

1. These locations are not maintained by ARRIS and are provided for reference only. ARRIS is not responsible for the availability of, and content provided on, third party Web sites. Use of these third-party sites is done at your own discretion and risk. ARRIS shall have no responsibility for any damage or loss that may result from the use of these MIBs or any other content, materials, information, or software obtained from these Web sites.

Table A.14 Standard HMS MIBs (cont’d)



1508685 Rev D

A P P E N D I X B

CHP MAX TRAP INFORMATION


CHP Max parameters can be monitored by accessing MIB objects via the SMM module's SNMP Agent. The proprietary ARRIS MIB files are on the released CHP System CD or can be downloaded from the ARRIS support web site. The MIB type indicates if the attribute is ARRIS proprietary (ENTERPRISE) or if the attribute is contained in one of the standard IETF or standard SCTE HMS MIBs supported by the CHP Max. The list of monitorable objects sent as traps from the SNMP agent to the configured network management platform are detailed in the following pages.

heCommonLogIndex - An index that uniquely identifies an entry in the log table. Indexes are assigned beginning with 1 and increased by one with each new log entry up to 65535. The next entry after 65535 is one. The agent may choose to delete the oldest instances of heCommonLogEntry as required because of lack of memory. It is an implementation-specific matter as to when this deletion may occur.

heCommonLogOID - (See OID Values below)

heCommonLogValue - (-2147483648...2147483647) This is the value of the object at the time it changed alarm state. The alarm values that will cause each trap/alarm are configured in the Property Table and the Discrete Property Table.

heCommonLogState - heCommonNominal(1), heCommonHIHI(2), heCommonHI(3), heCommonLO(4), heCommonLOLO(5), heCommonDiscreteMajor(6), heCommonDiscreteMinor(7)

heCommonLogTime - This is the time when the alarm change for the object occurred.

heCommonLogText - This is a text field describing the alarm. This field could be a zero length string in certain agent implementations.

The following three objects are proprietary attributes that are not part of the SCTE HMS specification.

heCommonLogModuleIdOID - This is the module ID OID as found in the Entity table of the object that has changed alarm state.

heCommonLogCardType - This is a card type as described in the Entity table.

Note The wrap-around for the heCommonLogIndex variable MUST occur after 65535 regardless of the implementation specific size of the heCommonLogTable.

CHP Max Trap Information B-1

heCommonLogAlias - This is alias value as described in the Entity table. This is user configurable text, and can describe the location or connections for this module.

CHP Proprietary Values

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n

heCommonLogModuleIdOID MIB Text heCommonLogModuleIdOID - OID

Management Modules

CMM Craft Management Module

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpControllerProducts. chpCmmController

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.37.2

CMM -1 Craft Management Module with Autoconfig

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpControllerProducts. chpCmm1Controller

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.37.3

SMM System Management Module

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpControllerProducts. chpSmmController

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.37.1

SMM-1 System Management Module

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpControllerProducts. chpSmm1Controller

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.37.4

SMM-2 System Management Module

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpControllerProducts. chpSmm2Controller

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.37.5

AC and DC Power Supply Modules

PS/AC1PS/DC1

AC Power Supply, DC Power Supply

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpPowerSupply

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.36.4

PS/AC1-HW

AC Power Supply

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpPsHwAc

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.36.6

PS/AC1-SW

AC Power Supply

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpPsSwAc

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.36.8

B-2 CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies 1508685 Rev D

PS/DC1-HW

DC Power Supply

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpPsHwDc

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.36.7

PS/DC1-SW

DC Power Supply

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpPsSwDc

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.36.9

Chassis Fans

FANS Fan Bay .iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpShelfProducts.chpFan

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.36.3

Return Receiver Modules

1RRX Front Fiber Return Receiver

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts. chp1RRX

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.1

2RRX Dual Return Receiver

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chp2RRX

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.2

R2RRX Dual Return Redundant Receiver

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpR22R

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.9

R2RRFF Dual Return Redundant Front Fiber Receiver

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpR2RFF

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.11

D1RRX Digital Return Receiver

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpD1RRX

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.10

D2RRX-42-MD

Digital Return Receiver

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpD2RRX42md

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.14

D2RRX-42-MQ


.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpD2RRX42mq

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.15

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n


1508685 Rev D CHP Max Trap Information B-3

D2RRX-65-MD



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.16

D2RRX-65-MQ



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.17

D2RRX-85-MD



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.18

D2RRX-85-MQ



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.19

D2RRX-42-XD


.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpD2RRX42xd

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.20

D2RRX-42-XQ


.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpD2RRX42xq

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.21

D2RRX-65-XD



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.22

D2RRX-65-XQ



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.23

D2RRX-85-XD



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.24

D2RRX-85-XQ



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.25

L2RR Digital Return Receiver

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpL2RR

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.13

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n



Forward Receiver Modules

RFRX Redundant Forward Receiver

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpFRX

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.7

GFRX 1GHz Redundant Forward Receiver

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpReceiverProducts.chpGFRX

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.39.12

Forward Transmitter Modules — Rear Fiber

C2-EW0x Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpC2ew0x

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.37

C2-EWVx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpC2ewvx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.38

C2-MW0x Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpC2mw0x

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.30

C2-MWVx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpC2mwvx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.31

DWVx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpDwvx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.32

DW0x Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpDw0x

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.33

DWXx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpDwxx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.34

DWVx-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpDwvxL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.48

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n



DW0x-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpDw0xL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.49

DWXx-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpDwxxL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.50

FTX Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpFTX

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.3

FTX-D Dual Input Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpFTXDualIn

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.4

FTX-DXL Dual Input/Extended Linearization Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpFTXDualInLinear

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.5

FTXV-D Dual Input Forward Variable Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpFTXVariableDualIn

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.9

FTXV-DXL Dual Input/Extended Linearization Variable Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpFTXVariableDualInXL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.10

GFX-D 1 GHz Dual Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFXD

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.14

GFX-DXL 1GHz Dual Input/Extended Linearization Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFXdxl

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.22

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n



GFXV-D 1 GHz Dual Forward Variable Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFTXVD

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.15

GQTX QAM Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGQTX

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.19

XMOD Externally Modulated 1550nm Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpXMOD

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.13

GMOD 1GHz Externally Modulated 1550nm Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGmod

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.24

SWVx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSwvx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.39

SW0x Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSw0x

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.40

SWXx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSwxx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.41

SWVx-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSwvxL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.54

SW0-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSw0xL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.55

SWXx-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSwxxL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.56

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n



Forward Transmitter Modules — Front Fiber

C2-EFVx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpC2efvx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.45

C2-MF0x Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpC2mf0x

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.46

C2-MFVx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpC2mfvx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.47

DfVx-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpDfvxL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.52

DfXx-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpDfxxL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.53

FTX-DF Dual Input Front Fiber Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpFOFFTXDualIn

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.7

FTX-DFXL Dual Input/Extended Linearization Front Fiber Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpFOFFTXDualInLinear

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.8

FTXV-DF Dual Input/Variable Output Power Front Fiber Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts. chpFTXVariableDualInFOF

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.11

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n



FTXV-DFXL Dual Input/ Extended Linearization Variable Front Fiber Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpFTXVariableDualInXLFOF

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.12

GFX-DF 1GHz Dual Input Front Fiber Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFXDF

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.16

GFX-DFXL 1GHz Dual Input/ Extended Linearization Front Fiber Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFXdfxl

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.23

GFXV-DF 1GHz Dual Input Variable Front Fiber Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFXVDF

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.17

GFXF-D 1 GHz Dual Front Fiber Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFXFD

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.20

GFX-MWxx-129x-S

1 GHz CORWave Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFXmwxx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.25

SFVx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSfvx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.42

SF0x Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSf0x

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.43

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n



SFXx Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSfxx

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.44

SFVx-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSfvxL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.57

SF0x-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSf0xL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.58

SFXx-L Forward Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpSfxxL

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.59

Return Transmitter Modules

RTX-10-3 1310nm Return Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts. chpReturnTX1310

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.2

RTX-10-5 1550nm Return Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts. chpReturnTX1550

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.1

GFXV-CWDM

1 GHz Forward Variable CWDM Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFXVcwdm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.18

GFX-CWDM

1 GHz Forward CWDM Transmitter

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpTransmitterProducts.chpGFXcwdm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.38.21

EDFA Modules

EDFA-CG-xx-1

1550 Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpOpticalAmpProducts.chpEdfaCG01

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.42.15

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n



EDFA-HG-xx-1


.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpOpticalAmpProducts.chpEdfaHG01

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.42.20

EDFA-PG-xx-1


.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpOpticalAmpProducts.chpEdfaPG01

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.42.25

EDFA-xx-1 1550 Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpOpticalAmpProducts.chpEdfa01port

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.42.10



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.42.11



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.42.12



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.42.13

Forward RF Amplifier Modules

GAMP 1GHz Forward RF Amplifier

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpRFAmpProducts.chpGAmp

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.43.1

GAMP3 1GHz Forward RF Amplifier

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpRFAmpProducts.chpGAmp3

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.43.2

Optical A/B Switch

OPTSWITCH

1GHz Forward RF Amplifier

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendProducts.chpMax5000.chpOpticalSwitchProducts.chpDualABOpticalSwitch

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.1.1.45.2

heCommonLogCardTyp

e

Module descriptio

n



CHP HMS Values

Controller Cards

Note The indexes in the following tables are shown for a chassis that has a CMM address of 500.

cmm cards / Index 14

heCommonLogOID MIB heCommonLogText

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.3.1.1.1.2.50014.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpCmmMIB.cmmMIBObjects.cmmParamTable.cmmParamEntry.cmmParamVoltage.50014.1

Backplane +12VDC AlarmBackplane +5VDC AlarmBackplane +3.3VDC AlarmBackplane -5VDC Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50014

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.heCommon.heCommonMib.heCommonObjects.heCommonParams.heCommonTable.heCommonEntry.heCommonTemperature.50014

CMM Internal Temperature Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50014

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpCommonMIB.chpCommonMIBObjects.chpMaxSlots.chpSlotStatusTable.chpSlotStatusEntry.chpSlotStatusPhysicalState.50014

Module Communication Status DownModule RemovedModule Communication Status

SMM cards / Index 15


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50015


SMM Internal Temperature Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50015


Module Communication Status DownModule RemovedModule Communication


Power Supply Modules

Power SupplyModules / Index 11 or 12


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.2.1.1.1.1.4.50011

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.hePowerSupply.hePowerSupplyMIB.hePsMIBObjects.hePsUnitTable.hePsUnitEntry.hePsUnitVoltageIN.50011

Power Supply Voltage Input Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50011


Power Supply Internal Temperature Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.2.1.1.2.1.2.50011.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.hePowerSupply.hePowerSupplyMIB.hePsMIBObjects.hePsOutputTable.hePsOutputEntry.hePsOutputVoltage.50011.1

Power Supply +12VDC AlarmPower Supply +5VDC AlarmPower Supply +3.3VDC AlarmPower Supply -5VDC Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.3.1.1.2.1.2.50011.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.heFans.heFanModuleMIB.heFanMIBObjects.heFanStatusTable.heFanStatusEntry.heFanStatusCurrent.50011.1

Power Supply Fan1 Status AlarmPower Supply Fan2 Status Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50011.4



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.3.1.1.1.1.1.50011.2

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.heFans.heFanModuleMIB.heFanMIBObjects.heFanUnitTable.heFanUnitEntry.heFanUnitAlarm.50011

Power Supply Fan Unit Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.3.1.1.2.1.3.50011.2.2

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.heFans.heFanModuleMIB.heFanMIBObjects.heFanStatusTable.heFanStatusEntry.heFanStatusAlarm.50011.2

Power Supply Fan1 Status AlarmPower Supply Fan2 Status Alarm


Fan Bay and Power Supply Fans


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.3.1.1.2.1.2.50013.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.heFans.heFanModuleMIB.heFanMIBObjects.heFanStatusTable.heFanStatusEntry.heFanStatusCurrent.50013.1

Fan XXX Current Alarm (Note: XXX would be the Fan #

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50013



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.3.1.1.1.1.1.50013.2

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.heFans.heFanModuleMIB.heFanMIBObjects.heFanUnitTable.heFanUnitEntry.heFanUnitAlarm.50013

Fan Unit Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.3.1.1.2.1.3.50013.1.2

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.heFans.heFanModuleMIB.heFanMIBObjects.heFanStatusTable.heFanStatusEntry.heFanStatusAlarm.50013.1

Fan XXX Status Alarm (Note: XXX would be the Fan #)


Receiver Modules

Table B.1 1RRX Module


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.1.1.2.50004.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalReceiverGroup.heOpticalReceiverMIB.heOpRxMIBObjects.heOpRxInputTable.heOpRxInputEntry.heOpRxInputPower.50004.1

Rx A Optical Input Power Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50004


Receiver Internal Temperature Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50004.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.7.1.2.1.2.50004.1.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpRxMIB.rxMIBObjects.rxChCtlTable.rxChCtlEntry.rxChCtlRfStatus.50004.1

The selected Rx output was set to enable.The selected Rx output was set to low.The selected Rx output was set to off.

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.1.1.4.50004.1.2

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalReceiverGroup.heOpticalReceiverMIB.heOpRxMIBObjects.heOpRxInputTable.heOpRxInputEntry.heOpRxInputStatus.50004.1

Rx A Optical Input Status Alarm

Table B.2 2RRX, R2RRX and R2RRFF Modules


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.1.1.2.50002.1


Rx A Optical Input Power AlarmRx B Optical Input Power Alarm


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50002



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50002.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.7.1.2.1.2.50002.1.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.7.1.2.1.2.50002.1.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.1.1.4.50002.1.2


Rx A Optical Input Status AlarmRx B Optical Input Status Alarm

Table B.3 FRX Module


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.1.1.2.50008.1


Rx A Optical Input Power AlarmRx B Optical Input Power Alarm

Table B.2 2RRX, R2RRX and R2RRFF Modules (cont’d)



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.2.1.4.50004.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalReceiverGroup.heOpticalReceiverMIB.heOpRxMIBObjects.heOpRxOutputTable.heOpRxOutputEntry.heOptRxOutput.50004.1

Rx RF Output Power Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50008



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50006.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.7.1.2.1.2.50006.1.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.1.1.4.50006.1.2



Table B.4 GFRX Module


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.1.1.2.50008.1



Table B.3 FRX Module (cont’d)



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.2.1.4.50004.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50008



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50006.2



Table B.5 D1RRX Module


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.1.1.2.50001.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.2.1.4.50001.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50001



Table B.4 GFRX Module (cont’d)



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50001.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.7.1.2.1.2.50001.1.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.2.1.1.1.1.4.50001.1.2



Table B.5 D1RRX Module (cont’d)



TransmittersTable B.6 FTX Module


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.2.50007.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalTransmitterGroup.heOpticalTransmitterMIB.heOpTxMIBObjects.heOpTxLaserTable.heOpTxLaserEntry.heOpTxLaserTemp.50007.1

Transmitter Laser Temperature Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.3.50007.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalTransmitterGroup.heOpticalTransmitterMIB.heOpTxMIBObjects.heOpTxLaserTable.heOpTxLaserEntry.heOpTxLaserBiasCurrent.50007.1

Transmitter Laser Bias Current Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.4.50007.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalTransmitterGroup.heOpticalTransmitterMIB.heOpTxMIBObjects.heOpTxLaserTable.heOpTxLaserEntry.heOpTxLaserOutputPower.50007.1

Transmitter Optical Power Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50007


Transmitter Internal Temperature Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50007.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.2.1.2.50007.1.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpTxMIB.txMIBObjects.txInputTable.txInputEntry.txInputRFLevel.50007.1

Transmitter RF Level Alarm


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.8.50007.1.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalTransmitterGroup.heOpticalTransmitterMIB.heOpTxMIBObjects.heOpTxLaserTable.heOpTxLaserEntry.heOpTxLaserOutputStatus.50007.1

Transmitter Laser On/Off Status

Table B.7 FTX-D, FTX-DXL, FTXV-DF, GFX-CWDM, GFX-DFXL, GFX-D, GFX-DF, GFXV-CWDM, GFXV-D and RTX-1310 Modules


1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.3.1.1.50010

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpTxMIB.txMIBObjects.txRfConfigTable.txRfConfigEntry.txRfConfigLaserDrive

Transmitter Laser Drive Alarm

.1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.3.1.3.50010

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpTxMIB.txMIBObjects.txRfConfigTable.txRfConfigEntry.txRfConfigGain

Transmitter RF Gain Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.2.50010.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalTransmitterGroup.heOpticalTransmitterMIB.heOpTxMIBObjects.heOpTxLaserTable.heOpTxLaserEntry.heOpTxLaserTemp


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.3.50010.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalTransmitterGroup.heOpticalTransmitterMIB.heOpTxMIBObjects.heOpTxLaserTable.heOpTxLaserEntry.heOpTxLaserBiasCurrent


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.4.50010.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalTransmitterGroup.heOpticalTransmitterMIB.heOpTxMIBObjects.heOpTxLaserTable.heOpTxLaserEntry.heOpTxLaserOutputPower


Table B.6 FTX Module



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50010

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.heCommon.heCommonMib.heCommonObjects.heCommonParams.heCommonTable.heCommonEntry.heCommonTemperature


1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50010.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.2.1.2.50010.1.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.8.50010.1.1



Table B.8 GQTX Module


1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.3.1.1.50004

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpTxMIB.txMIBObjects.txRfConfigTable.txRfConfigEntry.txRfConfigLaserDrive.50004


1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.3.1.3.50004

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpTxMIB.txMIBObjects.txRfConfigTable.txRfConfigEntry.txRfConfigGain.50004


Table B.7 FTX-D, FTX-DXL, FTXV-DF, GFX-CWDM, GFX-DFXL, GFX-D, GFX-DF, GFXV-CWDM, GFXV-D and RTX-1310 Modules (cont’d)



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.1.1.4.50004

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpTxMIB.txMIBObjects.txStatusTable.txStatusEntry.txStatusWavelengthDrift.50004

Transmitter Wavelength Drift Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.3.50004.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.4.50004.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50004



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50004.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.2.1.2.50004.1.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.8.50004.1.1



Table B.8 GQTX Module (cont’d)



Table B.9 XMOD and GMOD Modules


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.2. 50009.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalTransmitterGroup.heOpticalTransmitterMIB.heOpTxMIBObjects.heOpTxLaserTable.heOpTxLaserEntry.heOpTxLaserTemp.50009.1


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.3. 50009.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.4. 50009.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50009

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heBaseIdent.heCommon.heCommonMib.heCommonObjects.heCommonParams.heCommonTable.heCommonEntry.heCommonTemperature. 50009


1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50009.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.2.1.2. 50009.1.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.8.50009.1.1




Table B.10 RTX-DWDM Module


1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.1.1.4.50005

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpTxMIB.txMIBObjects.txStatusTable.txStatusEntry.txStatusWavelengthDrift.50005

Transmitter Wavelength Drift Alarm

.1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.3.1.1.50005

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpTxMIB.txMIBObjects.txRfConfigTable.txRfConfigEntry.txRfConfigLaserDrive.50005


.1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.3.1.3.50005

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpTxMIB.txMIBObjects.txRfConfigTable.txRfConfigEntry.txRfConfigGain.50005


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.3.50005.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.4.50005.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50005



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50005.2




Optical Amplifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.5.1.2.1.2.50005.1.1



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.1.1.1.3.1.8.50005.1.1



Table B.11 EDFA and EDFA-CG Module


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.3.1.1.2.1.2.50001.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalAmplifierGroup.heOpticalAmplifierMIB.heOpAmpMIBObjects.heOptAmpInputTable.heOpAmpInputEntry.heOpAmpInputPower

Amplifier Optical Input Power Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.50001.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalAmplifierGroup.heOpticalAmplifierMIB.heOpAmpMIBObjects.heOpAmpLaserTable.heOpAmpLaserEntry.heOpAmpLaserTemp

Amplifier Pump 1 Laser Temperature AlarmAmplifier Pump 2 Laser Temperature Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.3.1.1.3.1.3.50001.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalAmplifierGroup.heOpticalAmplifierMIB.heOpAmpMIBObjects.heOpAmpLaserTable.heOpAmpLaserEntry.heOpAmpLaserBiasCurrent

Amplifier Pump 1 Laser Bias Current AlarmAmplifier Pump 2 Laser Bias Current Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.3.1.1.4.1.3.50001.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalAmplifierGroup.heOpticalAmplifierMIB.heOpAmpMIBObjects.heOpAmpOutputTable.heOpAmpOutputEntry.heOpAmpGainPerWavelength

Amplifier Output Optical Gain

Table B.10 RTX-DWDM Module (cont’d)



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.3.1.1.4.1.4.50001.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalAmplifierGroup.heOpticalAmplifierMIB.heOpAmpMIBObjects.heOpAmpOutputTable.heOpAmpOutputEntry.heOpAmpOutputPower

Amplifier Output Optical Power Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50001


Amplifier Internal Temperature Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50001.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.1.3.1.1.1.1.1.50001.1.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.scteRoot.scteHmsTree.insidePlantIdent.heOptics.heOpticalAmplifierGroup.heOpticalAmplifierMIB.heOpAmpMIBObjects.heOpAmpUnitTable.heOpAmpUnitEntry.heOpAmpUnitOutputStatus.50001.1

Amplifier Unit Output Status

Table B.11 EDFA and EDFA-CG Module (cont’d)



RF AmplifierTable B.12 GAMP and GAMP3 Module


1.3.6.1.4.1.5591.1.11.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.50005


RF Amplifier Internal Temperature Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.1.1.2.2.1.1.50005.2



1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.10.1.1.1.1.50005.1

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpRfAmpMIB.chpRFAmpMIBObjects.chpRFAmpTable.chpRFAmpEntry.chpRFAmpInputStatus.50005

RF Amplifier Input Status Alarm

1.3.6.1.4.1.2907.20.2.1.10.1.1.1.2.50005

.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.ccor-reg-ident.ccorHeadend.ccorHeadendMIB.chpMax5000MIB.chpRfAmpMIB.chpRFAmpMIBObjects.chpRFAmpTable.chpRFAmpEntry.chpRFAmpGain.50005

RF Amplifier Gain Alarm




Rev D

A P P E N D I X C

WARRANTYARRIS warrants from the date of shipment to customer that Product bearing the ARRIS or C-COR name will substantially conform to ARRIS or C-COR specification in effect as of the date of shipment and will be free from substantial defects in material and workmanship under normal use (within published specifications), given proper installation and maintenance, for the specified warranty period for the Product. ARRIS further warrants to Customer that all Services performed by ARRIS for customer will be provided in a workmanlike manner. Warranty of ARRIS Standard Software is set forth in the software license.

Customer must promptly notify ARRIS of any claimed defect in the Product and/or Services. ARRIS or its agent may inspect the Product or workmanship on Customer's premises. Product returned to ARRIS under warranty must be shipped prepaid by Customer.

EXCEPT AS AGREED TO IN A SEPARATE WRITING BETWEEN THE PARTIES, THESE WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS DELIVERED TO YOU HEREUNDER, WHETHER STATUTORY, BY OPERATION OF LAW, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, TITLE AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING OUT OF USAGE OR TRADE. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED. THIS WARRANTY IS APPLICABLE SOLELY TO YOU AND NOT TO ANY SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY. NO WAIVER, ALTERATION, OR MODIFICATION OF THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE BINDING AGAINST ARRIS UNLESS IN WRITING AS A SEPARATE AMENDMENT HERETO AND SIGNED BY AN ARRIS AUTHORIZED EXECUTIVE. IF A PRODUCT IS NOT LISTED IN THE BELOW TABLE, THEN ARRIS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF ALL TYPES.

Other than as expressly stated, the ARRIS warranty shall not cover components subject to normal wear and tear, such as fuses, batteries except as otherwise provided herein, and lamps.

The warranty period for ARRIS' primary products is as noted in the following table.

Product Categories Warranty Period from Shipment Date

Category D Products Pass Through from OEM

All ARRIS Third Party OEM Products, including FTTMax™ Optical Network Units (ONUs).

Category F Products Five (5) years (United States and Canada)Three (3) years outside the United States

All ARRIS CHP Max5000® Converged Headend Platform hardware products such as the CHP chassis, CHP and FTTMax™ application modules, power supplies and platform hardware components, all CHP and FTTMax stand alone rack mount products, optical passives, and power meters.

Warranty C-1

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS

ARRIS shall be relieved of all obligations and liability under the Warranty provisions set forth herein, if:

a. The Hardware or Standard Software is operated with, or the error or defect is due to, any accessory, equipment, Firmware or part not approved or sold by ARRIS; or

b. The Product is operated with a battery pack not sold or approved by ARRIS; or

c. The Hardware or Standard Software was not installed, operated and maintained in accordance with ARRIS' instructions and Documentation; or

d. The Hardware or Standard Software has been repaired, altered or modified by someone other than ARRIS; or

e. You do not notify ARRIS in writing of the error or defect within the applicable Warranty Period with sufficient information for ARRIS to identify and reproduce such error or defect, or fail to return the defective Hardware or Firmware according to the terms of this Agreement; or

f. ARRIS demonstrates that the alleged error or defect in the Standard Software or Hardware does not exist or was caused by Your or any third party's misuse, neglect, improper installation or testing, or any other cause beyond the range of the intended use, or by accident, fire, lightening, terrorism or other hazard or act of God.

ARRIS does not warrant physical damage to the surface of the products, including cracks or scratches on the casing or damage caused by unauthorized attempts to open, repair or modify the products, or any other cause beyond the range of the intended use

PRODUCT AND SERVICES WARRANTY LIMITATIONS

ARRIS' entire liability and Customer's exclusive remedy whether in contract, tort or otherwise, for any claim related to or arising out of breach of the warranty covering Product or Services shall be correction of defects by repair, replacement, re-performance of service or credit, at ARRIS' discretion. Refurbished Product may be used to repair or replace the Product. Customer shall have no claim to Product which was replaced or the components therein which were replaced. ARRIS has no liability with respect to claims relating to or arising from the use of equipment not bearing the ARRIS or C-COR name.

ARRIS does not warrant that the operation of the Product will be uninterrupted or error-free. Similarly, ARRIS does not warrant that the functions of the Product will meet Customer's requirements or that the Product will operate in combination with other products selected by Customer for its use.

ARRIS assumes no liability with respect to (a) defects caused by modification, repair, installation, operation or maintenance except as described in ARRIS' documentation; or, (b) negligent or other improper use of the Product.

All equipment and software not bearing the ARRIS or C-COR name, is supplied "AS IS" and Customer will look solely to the warranties and remedies, if any, provided by the equipment manufacturer or vendor thereof. In addition, ARRIS assumes no liability for equipment or services furnished by Customer nor does this warranty cover any copy of or update to any user manual for the Product.

Category G Products Five (5) years (United States and Canada)Three (3) years outside the United States

All ARRIS Opti Max™ nodes, Flex Max® amplifiers and Trans Max™ Hardened Field Hub and Outdoor Optical Amplification hardware products, and hardware components, and field optical passives.

Product Categories Warranty Period from Shipment Date

C-2 CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and Power Supplies Rev D

No agent, distributor, or representative is authorized to make any warranties on behalf of ARRIS or to assume for ARRIS any other liability in connection with any Product or Services.

WITH RESPECT TO ALL PURCHASES OF PRODUCT AND/OR SERVICES FROM ARRIS BY CUSTOMER, THE ABOVE WARRANTY REPLACES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, AND ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ARRIS, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARE DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED BY ARRIS.

To view ARRIS Corporate Terms and Conditions of Sale in its entirety, go to http://www.arris.com/_docs/tc.pdf.

Rev D Warranty C-3

.

Corporate HeadquartersARRIS · Suwanee · Georgia · 30024 · USAT: 1-678-473-2000 F: 1-678-473-8470

www.arris.com

CHP Max™ Headend Optics PlatformC

CHP Max Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers and ...broadbandnetinc.com/home/images/web_images/PDF/CHP Chassis.pdf · 1-2 CHP Max™ Headend Optics Platform Chassis, Controllers

Documents